Member Rewards
Extra 10-20% off select Purchases
More Info - Join Now
Powered by 462,601 Members
Shopping Forum Out of Stock
username or email password
Search Media

Featured Bloggers
Industry News
Featured Articles
“Real Life” Science
Written By: Patagonia

By Dylan Tomine


Both of my kids love their science classes in school, and Skyla often mentions wanting to be a marine biologist when she grows up. So when the field biologists from the Wild Fish Conservancy invited us to participate in some beach-seine sampling, as part of their project to assess juvenile salmon habitat around Puget Sound, we jumped at the opportunity.

These guys were incredibly friendly and patient with the kids, happy to explain each process as they captured individual fish, measured and recorded them without harm, then placed them into another bucket for release once the netting was done. A great lesson in how science works in the field and the importance of consistent methodology.

Above: Frank Staller, field technician for the Wild Fish Conservancy, explains the sampling process to Skyla and Weston. Puget Sound, Washington. Photo: Dylan Tomine  

Once the kids were familiar with how it all worked, the guys put them to work. I don’t know how much actual “help” the kids provided, but it was a fantastic experience for the kids to feel like they were contributing.


The crew: James Fletcher, Frank Staller, Justin Eastman and Aaron Jorgenson show the kids how it all works on the first set. Photo: Dylan Tomine


Measuring and recording the catch. Photo: Dylan Tomine  


Skyla, junior marine biologist, observes a coho salmon and cutthroat trout. Photo: Dylan Tomine


The abundance and variety of life captured in the seine impressed the kids, who are used to just observing from above the water while fishing. They caught juvenile chum, coho and pink salmon, cutthroat trout, a starry flounder, several varieties of sculpins, marine worms, shrimp … endless fascination. Huge thanks to everyone at Wild Fish Conservancy, for making us feel like part of the crew, and for all the important work you’re doing to protect the fish we love.




Dylan Tomine is a Patagonia fly fishing ambassador and the author of Closer to the Ground: An Outdoor Family’s Year On The Water, In The Woods and At The Table. He lives on the coast of Washington with his wife and two kids. You can read an excerpt from Dylan’s book right here on The Cleanest Line or check out Dylan’s blog (the origin of today's post) for more musings on family, foraging and fly fishing in the northwest.


Dylan is on the road this spring with some special guests to talk about food, foraging, and getting kids outside. Check the tour page on his website for the most up-to-date information.

Seattle, WA
April 12, 2016
Patagonia Seattle
Doors open 7:00pm, Event starts 7:30pm
In conversation with Bruce Barcott, author of The Measure of a Mountain, The Last Flight of the Scarlet Macaw, and Weed the People.

Vancouver, BC
April 27, 2016
Patagonia Vancouver
Doors open 7:00pm, Event starts 7:30pm

New York, NY
May 18, 2016
Patagonia Upper West Side
Doors open 7:00pm, Event starts 7:30pm
In conversation with New Yorker cover artist—and my brother—Adrian Tomine, author/illustrator of Summer Blonde, Shortcomings, and Killing and Dying.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
The 2015–16 Patagonia Season ‘Patagonia d’Or’
Written By: Patagonia

By Rolando “Rolo” Garibotti


While many historic climbs occurred this past season, if I were giving awards, my “Patagonia d’Or” would go to a selfless and lasting non-ascent.

The momentum began in late 2014, with climber Steffan Gregory, who sent me an email: “I’m looking at returning to Chaltén next season and wanted to put some time in giving back. I am curious if you know if there is anything in the works regarding waste management. I’d be willing to write a grant for funding or help with an existing project.”

Above: Descending from Cerro Fitz Roy we can see Laguna Capri in the center-right portion of the photo. The team chose to build their wilderness latrine at Laguna Capri because of its popularity with hikers and relatively close proximity to El Chaltén. Patagonia, Argentina. Photo: Dörte Pietron

The issue of waste management had been on the minds of the park service for some time, actually. Back in 2007, Carlos Duprez, then head of the northern area of Los Glaciares National Park, encouraged me to help him by looking into possible waste management solutions. The area has long relied on pit toilets, which provide an unpleasant experience while leaving the waste untreated. But back then, none of the options available—composting, dehydration, vault, moldering, etc.—provided a viable solution. In 2010, however, the American Alpine Club organized a conference on the issue, one of growing concern in our cherished alpine zones. From the AAC meeting emerged Geoff Hill, a Canadian Ph.D. who has extensively studied the subject. Geoff conceived of a wilderness latrine that, using urine diversion and vermi-composting (worms/invertebrates), very effectively reduces waste volume and pathogens. It is a simple, fairly inexpensive, low-maintenance and operationally safe design, ideal for cold climates and remote areas, where septic systems cannot be built and where waste cannot be easily removed. We discussed the project for several years, but it was Steffan’s interest and commitment that ignited the effort.

Fourteen months after his email, Steffan, Rachel Mangan, Ethan Newman and Alan Torne—a guide, an environmental scientist, a firefighter and writer, and a builder, respectively—left their homes in southern Utah and set off for Argentina. The four climbers, with the help of Acceso PanAm, had done the up-front work of securing funding and permission for the project. Acceso PanAm is a climbing advocacy organization for Latin America, not unlike the Access Fund in the United States.

Upon arriving in Chaltén, Steffan and his crew, with occasional help from Arístides Aitea and other national park employees, set to work. Seeing as this is the first of several possible toilets, they decided that Laguna Capri, a popular destination an hour’s hike from town, would make a good initial site. Carrying the materials, digging the pit, building the structure and assembling the mechanical system took almost two months. Once all was set, Geoff Hill flew in to provide the know-how, finesse the mechanical system, and ensure that everything worked. Now Laguna Capri, on top of its natural beauty, offers the most advanced wilderness toilet in Patagonia, a unit that provides a long-term solution to a growing issue.


A closer view of Laguna Capri, site of the wilderness latrine. Photo: Rolando Garibotti


Alan (left) and Ethan (right) during construction. Photo: Steffan Gregory


The finished product. Photo: Steffan Gregory


The team (left to right): Ethan, Steffan, Rachel and Alan. Photo: Steffan Gregory


The team worked 55 of the 77 days they were in Argentina. They each hiked well over 75 miles and 24,000 feet of elevation gain, and in the process carried 3,000 pounds of materials. They consumed at least 1,000 empanadas and 24 containers of Dulce de Leche. In all they volunteered 2,500 person hours. Combined with the work of Kika Bradford, from Acceso PanAm, and Geoff Hill, they devoted well over 3,000 person hours.

The project was also made possible thanks to the generous help of Acceso PanAm, a Patagonia Conservation Grant, Black Diamond Equipment, the American Alpine Club, Toilet Tech Solutions, Deep Creek Coffee Company, and the Gregory family.

So there it is, my Patagonia d’Or vote goes to Steffan, Rachel, Ethan, and Alan, along with Geoff Hill and Kika Bradford, for their dedication and hard work in helping preserve this precious resource. In a landscape magnificent enough for kings and queens, thanks to these dedicated people and companies, all of us can now sit on a golden throne.





Rolando “Rolo” Garibotti has been climbing in Patagonia just shy of three decades. He’s the author of a guidebook to the area, Patagonia Vertical, creator of the online climbing guide and a Patagonia ambassador. These days he splits his time between the town of El Chaltén, Argentina, and the Dolomites in Italy. Photo: Dörte Pietron


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Why Minnesota Can’t Afford Mining Near the Boundary Waters
Written By: Patagonia

By Adam Fetcher


Patagonia has supported the work of Northeastern Minnesotans for Wilderness and the Campaign to Save the Boundary Waters through grant funding, our employee environmental internship program, retail store events, product donations and an invitation to attend the 2015 Tools for Grassroots Activists conference. You can read our past coverage on The Cleanest Line here and here. To learn more about how you can get involved, visit

Growing up in Minnesota, I took the lakes for granted. To me, living in the “Land of 10,000 Lakes” meant summers at the cabin—waterskiing, fishing and family time on the dock. The lakes I knew were surrounded by houses and roads, and I remember falling asleep most nights to the gentle but persistent hum of motorboats wafting across the glassy water. (Almost as persistent as the hungry mosquitos buzzing around my ears at bedtime.) Even through the noise, I slept peacefully in the cool Northern Minnesota breeze.

Above: Paddling toward shore, ready for a swim in the late afternoon. Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness, Minnesota. Photo: Adam Fetcher

It wasn’t until my family’s first trip to the Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness, when I was in grade school, that my notion of Minnesota’s abundant lakes suddenly shifted. There were no docks, no jet skis, no golf courses—things I once considered requirements for a great Minnesota summer. Lowering a canoe into the pristine, interwoven system of lakes and rivers that make up the Boundary Waters brought a loud epiphany that was drowned out only by the sheer silence of the place. I imagined the surrounding landscape teeming with grey wolves, black bears, otters, beavers, whitetail deer, moose, eagles, ravens, lynx and loons—my favorite. I fell in love immediately and paddled off into the wild carrying a new appreciation for the fresh, clean waters that make Minnesota so special. That first night, I’ve never slept better—and in the following years I came back to the Boundary Waters many times.

But when I returned last August after a few summers away, despite the wondrous quiet, my sleep was disturbed. Under a soft rain, my dreams were filled with dread: the Boundary Waters is facing a dire threat from proposed sulfide-ore mining within its watershed, less than a mile from the wilderness edge. This type of mining is especially toxic. Scientific analysis, including a recent study published in the Journal of Hydrology, show that pollution could flow directly downstream into the heart of the Boundary Waters and devastate the entire ecosystem for hundreds of years. Like the blood in our veins, the area’s interconnected system of lakes and rivers can be instantly damaged by even the smallest intrusion. The EPA called sulfide-ore mining “the most toxic industry in America.”

After exiting the wilderness, I enjoyed an afternoon beer in Ely, at the Boundary Waters’ southern edge. Looking around, I took in the scene: outfitters teeming with people, a couple restaurants with packed tables, a busy street featuring a diverse array of open storefronts, and lawn signs supporting a grassroots campaign to protect the wilderness. People young and old walked swiftly around town, excited to be living full lives in the most modern of historic towns—one that has transformed itself from busted mining town to a bustling, sustainable economy over the past 30 years. It’s an economy built on the Boundary Waters.


Dave and Amy Freeman pass by some of the distinct relief found along the eastern Border Route. Photo: Nate Ptacek


Night falls on Little Gabbro Lake in the Boundary Waters Canoe Area Wilderness. Photo: Adam Fetcher


While mining helped make Minnesota great in past generations, the Ely of today perfectly encapsulates the Minnesota I love. This is the North—we embrace our cold, snowy winters as integral to our identity. It’s a state full of well-rounded, resourceful people adept at dreaming up and implementing the biggest new ideas while sitting in a modern office—or hunkered down in a warm, remote cabin. It’s a state that draws talented people from all over the world with a high quality of life, great infrastructure, outstanding schools and a supportive environment for businesses of all kinds. And it’s a state that values the great outdoors. Here, lakes are loved by hunters and anglers, executives and blue collar workers, urban and rural families, liberals and conservatives, and everyone else. It’s what binds us together.

A blow to the Boundary Waters would not only wound the water and wildlife that make it special, it would hurt the spirit of the North itself, and Minnesota’s social and economic spirit would suffer tremendously. Losing the Boundary Waters wouldn’t just cost us a world-class wilderness, it could cost us 18,000 jobs and $850 million in regional economic activity driven by tourism. The Boundary Waters is America’s number one most-visited wilderness, bringing more than 250,000 visitors from all over the world to Northern Minnesota every year. This special place is a source of pride for every generation of Minnesotan and a source of inspiration for wilderness-lovers everywhere else.

Mining has a place in our economy. We all consume products derived from sulfide-ore mining, and I feel deeply for the people of Minnesota’s Iron Range suffering from the devastating loss of mining jobs in recent decades, causing economic collapse. But mining has never been a stable basis for long-term community prosperity. More importantly, the Boundary Waters is not on the Iron Range. And the edge of a pristine, water-intensive wilderness is not the right place for industrial mining pits. The history of sulfide-ore mining in the United States is a story of contamination of groundwater, surface waters and land. Like a drop of food coloring spreading fast in a bucket of water, even the slightest pollution runs the chance of damaging the entire wilderness—a risk Minnesota and its economy can’t afford.

Thankfully, in the past few weeks, we’ve seen some extraordinary developments in the effort to protect the Boundary Waters. First, Minnesota Gov. Mark Dayton expressed his strong opposition to proposed sulfide-ore mining by Twin Metals Minnesota, a subsidiary of the Chilean mining giant Antofagasta. I was proud and thankful to see the Governor take a strong stand in favor of protecting a place he called Minnesota’s “crown jewel”—one that plays such an important role in his state’s identity. He’s not alone: a new poll was released just after his announcement showing that a vast majority of Minnesotans from throughout the state and across the political spectrum oppose sulfide-ore mining in the Boundary Waters watershed.

The next day, the U.S. Bureau of Land Management—which holds the expired mining leases being considered for renewal—announced they have the legal authority to deny the leases pending the results of a public environmental analysis, which will use the best science available to determine if the Boundary Waters watershed is the right place for mining. It’s heartening to know the Obama administration is committed to a rigorous study of the merits and risks presented by proposed mining. Following the proper process is important, and the mining leases have never before been subjected to environmental analysis.

These are important steps forward, but there is a lot more work to do. The Campaign to Save the Boundary Waters is leading a major effort to bring together a broad and diverse coalition—including businesses, sportsmen, environmentalists, veterans and more—of individuals and groups in favor of keeping the wilderness pristine for our children to enjoy and so our economy can continue to thrive. Please consider joining the campaign by visiting their website and signing your name to the list of thousands of people from across Minnesota and around the world who love the Boundary Waters. When the time comes to advocate for protection as the government reviews the leases, the campaign will need your voice.


Members of the Campaign to Save the Boundary Waters gather to send off Dave and Amy Freeman on a 2,000-mile canoe expedition from Ely, Minnesota to Washington D.C. The canoe functioned as a floating petition with the signatures, collected at home and during the journey, adorning the boat itself. The canoe was eventually delivered to lawmakers in Washington D.C. who have the power to stop the proposed mining project. Photo: Nate Ptacek


And now more than ever, the vast community of people from across the United States who have visited the Boundary Waters need to make their voices heard as well. The Boundary Waters is a unique national treasure unlike anything else in the world. It should be counted among other untouchable places that hold the power to change lives in a single night spent under the stars—and it should be protected.

I listed many positive traits shared by Minnesotans above. But perhaps more than anything else, Minnesota is a state that looks forward, not back—where Ely and many other communities throughout the state provide the vision of a new economic model that can sustain us for the future. The Boundary Waters plays a huge role in making the North everything we’re proud of—a place for prosperity, family, balance and a world-class culture rooted deeply in the outdoors.

Don’t take the lakes for granted. Without the Boundary Waters, we’re just flyover country.





Adam Fetcher is the Director of Global PR & Communications for Patagonia and a Board Member of the Boundary Waters Trust. Previously, Adam was deputy national press secretary for President Obama’s re-election campaign and served in the Obama administration.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: A Slosh in the Bucket
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall


Eric Johnson lives in Sturgis, South Dakota with his wife and three young daughters. He works as a high school English teacher. He’s responsible—well, most of the time.

Half way into his thirties, Eric emptied his retirement account to buy a raft, despite the fact that he lives in a state without any navigable whitewater. Just over a year later, he found something too good to be true: a group of experienced guides advertising an open spot on a pre-season trip down Idaho’s Main Salmon.

Today, we bring you the story of what happens when you ignore the red flags that pop up when something is actually too good to be true and of what it feels like to bob around in the bucket of someone else’s bucket list.


Listen to "A Slosh in the Bucket" from The Dirtbag Diaries.


Visit for links to past episodes, music credits and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, SoundCloud, Stitcher and DoggCatcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production. Graphic by Walker Cahall.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Written By: Patagonia

By Diane French


Fifteen minutes before my wedding, I’m standing in front of my sister in my dress. “Can you see it?” She scans me, tilting her head to each side. “No. Can’t see it. But here, take this anyway.”

Two hours from now, when the hailstorm rolls in and turns my lips purple for all my wedding pictures, I’ll be wearing the brown wool wrap she’s handing me. But for now it’s draped over my arms to hide the road rash acquired just this morning on our pre-wedding mountain bike ride with the wedding party, when I clipped a handlebar in tight trees and ate it in the rock-choked dirt.

Above: Between a rock and a hard pace, Diane French digs in for the stair section of the Backbone Trail. Salida, Colorado. Photo: Sacha Halenda

My almost-husband’s road rash is older (last week’s high-speed, road-bike wipeout on freshly laid reflective stripes) but far worse. His best man administers reams of dressing and tape in an effort to staunch the tide, but it weeps through the bandages and spreads across the shoulder of his dress shirt. I silently thank god for jackets as we tie the knot under the blackening clouds. For the rest of the evening, my now-husband Sacha calls for another gin and tonic, doing his best to diplomatically avoid congratulatory shoulder slaps.

Fast-forward a couple of years. The Boulder bike path turns to dirt about a quarter mile up Boulder Canyon and gets a bit rough—exactly why we ride it religiously with our newborn in the trailer. He swings and bumps around in the hammock and harness, over rocks and waterbars, and does something he never does at home: He sleeps. Let the pathletes sprint annoyedly around our wide caravan: The kid is OUT and we’re going up as far as we can, as many times as we have to.

At year 10, we live in Salida, Colorado, and we celebrate our anniversary with a rushed lap on the Monarch Crest Trail in conditions so wet and grey we barely glimpse the legendary views between cloud banks. Washing down squares of fancy chocolate with a nice scotch from the flask, we snap a selfie at the top and haul mail down the descent. We’ve got just two hours to get to town before class lets out and our second-grader spills onto the school’s front lawn, looking for us.

By now, of course, we’ve traded the trailer and its magic nap hammock, first for a feet-down balance bike, and most recently, for a 24-inch mountain bike for our son. We ride together constantly, a bond as strong for the three of us as sharing supper or bedtime stories. The hammock sleeper has become, at 8, a pinner we can just barely catch, who rides jump lines as skillfully as any adult but zip-ties a stuffed tiger to his handlebars and sings songs inside his helmet.


Keeping dad on his toes. Amato and Sacha Halenda, Camp Nelson, California. Photo: Diane French


Sacha and I met as climbers, climbing shaped our training and travel plans, climbers were the company we kept. So was it strange to drive all the way from Colorado to British Columbia and not climb a single pitch or problem, even though we brought all our gear? A little. But the trails we rode together instead that summer were legion and legend, and allowed us all an experience on a plane of difficulty that’s right—and adjustable—for everyone. For example. On one Whistler high-altitude classic, I pull up short of a steep, blind rock drop because … it’s steep and blind. My son immediately sails past me and disappears as everything in me contracts around my heart, listening for the bone-splitting yard sale. Instead, a helmet-muffled voice from below: “Mom, it’s totally rollable! You can do this!” I exhale, clip in and roll it, understanding that something important, possibly poetic, has just happened.

The bicycle, more than any other piece of equipment, has become a reliable witness to major movements in our lives because of its dualistic character. It figures in our every day, a regular, utilitarian presence that gets us around, jogs the dog, runs the errands, deals with stuff. But it also ascends into heroics in fantastic places when asked—all in exchange for an occasional bath, a little maintenance and a place in the garage.

Given our love of many things—riding, climbing, skiing and, most recently, Star Wars—it’s hard to know what will command the bulk of our free time, but for now, not much goes down that doesn’t involve two wheels and two pedals. It’s become popular with the resident third-grader to protest when the trail does anything but drop straight down, but I tell him to keep pedaling—when I’m really old, he’s going to be the one pulling the trailer up the bike path. I’ll be snoring in the hammock.





Diane French is managing editor at Patagonia. This story was first published in the Spring 2016 Patagonia Catalog.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Bill McKibben and our New Book: Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists
Written By: Patagonia


For over twenty years, Patagonia has organized a Tools Conference, where experts provide practical training to help make activists more effective. Now Patagonia has captured Tools’ best wisdom and advice into a book, Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists: Best Practices for Success in the Environmental Movement, creating a resource for any organization hoping to hone core skills like campaign and communication strategy, grassroots organizing, and lobbying as well as working with business, fundraising in uncertain times and using new technologies.

Above: Pages 52-53 of our new book feature a Robert Van Waarden photo of a climate change protest in 2009 and the beginning of an essay by Bill McKibben entitled “Leaderless.” Photo: Tim Davis

Throughout Tools for Grassroots Activists are inspirational thoughts from acclaimed activists, such as Bill McKibben, Dave Foreman, Annie Leonard, Terry Tempest Williams and Brock Evans. Leading up to the release of the book, we’re sharing audio clips from the keynote speeches these activists gave at past Patagonia Tools Conferences. Today we’ll hear from Bill McKibben. 

In 2015, Bill McKibben, the founder of, won the Right Livelihood Award, sometimes called the “alternative Nobel,” for his work on climate change. He also had a new species of woodland gnat named after him by the biologists who found it in a West Coast forest.

In this excerpt from his keynote speech at the 2013 Patagonia Tools Conference, listen to Bill talk about a leaderless movement that turned out to be leader-full.


Listen to “Bill McKibben at Tools Conference, 2013” by Patagonia on Soundcloud.




Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists: Best Practices for Success in the Environmental Movement, edited by Nora Gallagher and Lisa Myers. Available February 15, 2016. Pre-order at today.



Watch the book trailer. Video: Patagonia


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Chuitna: More Than Just Salmon on the Line – Watch the full film for free and take action!
Written By: Patagonia

By Paul Moinester

Watch Chuitna - More Than Salmon On The Line. After a successful run on the film tour circuit and dozens of local screenings, we're thrilled to share this short film with you for free. Video: Trip Jennings

Stop a Massive Open-Pit Coal Strip Mine on the Chuitna River

Take_action_largePlease join the fight and help Judy, Larry, Terry and the Tyonek defeat the Chuitna Mine. All it takes is a few keystrokes and mouse clicks. Watch the film and share it on social media. And take action today at American Rivers by telling Alaskan officials to protect the Chuitna’s important habitat. Then, like the Facebook page or text “Salmon” to 313131. You will be notified when it’s time to speak up again.

The Biggest Salmon Fight No One’s Heard Of 

The 40-minute bush plane flight from Anchorage to Alaska’s Chuitna River watershed is like a journey back in time. As the tires grip the gravel of the tiny outpost runway, you are thrust into a wild world teeming with life and vibrant rivers overflowing with salmon. It’s a world like my Pacific Northwest home used to be, before we dammed our rivers, logged our forests, and destroyed our salmon runs.

But the unspoiled Chuitna watershed and its residents are now staring down the barrel of destruction because of a proposed project that is an egregious throwback to an era when rivers, salmon and native people were deemed expendable in the name of “progress.” In this case, “progress” is the proposed Chuitna Coal Project and the millions of tons of low-grade coal it would produce every year for export to China and other Asian markets.

Alaska is no stranger to mining, but never has a company had the audacity to mine directly through a salmon river. This first-of-its-kind project would dig 300 feet deep through 13.7 miles of prolific salmon streams and through hundreds of acres of pristine wetlands, forests, and bogs. Not only would the project completely remove miles of the Chuitna’s headwaters, but it would also pollute the river downstream by discharging seven million gallons of mine wastewater into the river each day. The unprecedented scope of this devastation is why American Rivers recently named the Chuitna one of America’s most endangered rivers.

Making matters worse, approval of this “pioneering project” would also increase the likelihood that other proposed mines in the Chuitna Watershed will be built. Plus, it would establish a dangerous precedent that would endanger hundreds of salmon rivers that course through Alaska’s untapped coalfields.

For the media team that had the privilege to visit the Chuitna and make this film, it was impossible to fathom how this pristine paradise could be transformed into an industrial wasteland and Asia’s newest power source. But for the native Tyonek people, hardy homesteaders such as Judy and Larry Heilman, and commercial fishermen like Terry Jorgensen, it is the harsh reality they face every day—the chance that their homes as well as the lands, waters, and animals they cherish could vanish before their eyes.

As you can imagine, this handful of homesteaders and the Tyonek people are not going down without a fight. Despite being overmatched financially and politically, years of arduous work and coalition building have created a strong and growing coalition that is on the precipice of defeating this destructive proposal. But to make that happen, we need your support.


View from the plane of the pristine Chuitna watershed. Photo: Paul Moinester


Al Goozmer, Native Village of Tyonek President, poses with several salmon he caught subsistence fishing. Photo: Sara Quinn


Commercial fisherman Terry Jorgensen loads a crate of salmon bound for a grocery store near you. Photo: Dave McCoy


Judy and Larry Heilman, residents of Beluga, Alaska.


Patagonia's Dave McCoy rides along the shores of the Cook Inlet on a loaded down trailer towed by a four wheeler. Photo: Paul Moinester


Camp on the banks of the Chuitna. Photo: Dave McCoy


With rod in hand, Josh Prestin strolls by a chunk of coal in the Chuitna. Photo: Dave McCoy


Trip Jennings capturing some silver salmon magic during the golden hour. Photo: Sara Quinn


Sam Weis displays the beauty of the Chuitna’s silver salmon. Photo: Dave McCoy


A surprisingly comfortable log provides a bit of a respite for a worn-out film crew. Photo: Paul Moinester


It was hard to walk more than 100 feet on the Chuitna without seeing bear tracks. Photo: Dave McCoy


Paul Moinester, Chuitna River, Alaska. Photo: Sam Weis


Trip Jennings films as Dave McCoy casts to a pod of salmon smashing the Chuitna’s otherwise placid surface. Photo: Paul Moinester


After a long day of filming and fishing, our waders and wetsuit are hung up to dry. Photo: Paul Moinester



Together, we can save the Chuitna!

Take_action_largePlease join the fight and help Judy, Larry, Terry and the Tyonek defeat the Chuitna Mine. All it takes is a few keystrokes and mouse clicks. Watch the film and share it on social media. And take action today at American Rivers by telling Alaskan officials to protect the Chuitna’s important habitat.

On behalf of the individuals fighting vigorously to protect their homes, livelihoods, and the place they most cherish, the Save the Chuitna Campaign would like to express their most heartfelt gratitude to Patagonia and filmmaker Trip Jennings for making this project possible.

For more information and to join the Chuitna Action Team, please visit or text “salmon” to 313131.




Paul Bio Pic_2

Before trucker hats and polarized sunglasses were a fixture of his wardrobe, Paul Moinester spent years wearing a suit and tie championing major conservation initiatives as a senior legislative aid in the U.S. House of Representatives. Tired of being an armchair-conservationist, Paul escaped from his deskbound life and spent the next two years wading waist-deep into endangered waters across the United States and Ireland. Now based in Seattle, Paul runs Last Frontier Strategies, a collective of outdoorsmen/women working to address some of the planet’s most significant conservation challenges.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Terry Tempest Williams and our New Book: Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists
Written By: Patagonia


For over twenty years, Patagonia has organized a Tools Conference, where experts provide practical training to help make activists more effective. Now Patagonia has captured Tools’ best wisdom and advice into a book, Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists: Best Practices for Success in the Environmental Movement, creating a resource for any organization hoping to hone core skills like campaign and communication strategy, grassroots organizing, and lobbying as well as working with business, fundraising in uncertain times and using new technologies.

Above: Pages 208-209 feature Giovanni Jance photos of ghost deer at the Seneca Army Base and the beginning of a story by Terry Tempest Williams entitled “Ghost Deer.” Photo: Tim Davis

Throughout Tools for Grassroots Activists are inspirational thoughts from acclaimed activists, such as Bill McKibben, Dave Foreman, Annie Leonard, Terry Tempest Williams and Brock Evans. To celebrate the release of the book, we’re sharing audio clips from the keynote speeches these activists gave at past Patagonia Tools Conferences. Today we’ll hear from Terry Tempest Williams. 

Terry Tempest Williams is a citizen writer who is passionate about wilderness, words, and birds. She is involved with the Environmental Humanities Graduate Program at the University of Utah, where students are exploring activism through the lens of storytelling as they focus on oil shale and tar sand development in America’s Red Rock Wilderness. Her book, The Hour of Land: A Personal Topography of America’s National Parks, will be published in 2016.

In this excerpt from her keynote speech at the 2002 Patagonia Tools Conference, listen to Terry talk about the Ghost Deer.


Listen to “Terry Tempest Williams at Tools Conference, 2002” by Patagonia on Soundcloud.




Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists: Best Practices for Success in the Environmental Movement, edited by Nora Gallagher and Lisa Myers. Available now. Order at today.



Watch the book trailer. Video: Patagonia


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
New National Monuments Inspire Visitors and Bolster Communities
Written By: Patagonia

By Rose Marcario, Patagonia CEO

Amboy Crater_2

When I first moved to Los Angeles, my friends took me on a camping trip to Joshua Tree National Park. I had never been in a desert landscape and had no idea what to expect. I thought I’d find it boring. But I can only describe that first trip as a spiritual experience. I’d been meditating for years in some of the most beautiful places in the world, but nothing compared to going deep into the desert, surrounded by prehistoric rock formations, Joshua trees, abundant wildlife and stripped down, elemental landscapes. I thought then how glad I was that Joshua Tree was a national park and I hoped the surrounding landscape would be found worthy of protection and preservation for all generations to come. 

Now, President Obama has officially recognized new California desert national monuments—known as Mojave Trails, Sand to Snow and Castle Mountains—totaling 1.8 million acres. These lands signify and solidify this region’s place as one of America’s truly remarkable—and now truly valued—landscapes. That’s good news for all of us; the people who look to these lands for recreation and relaxation; the desert towns that will develop into gateway communities for these national landmarks; and the wildlife that migrate through and live in the desert.

Above: Amboy Crater, part of the Mojave Trails National Monument in California. Photo: Bob Wick, BLM

The tool that made this historic achievement possible is the Antiquities Act of 1906 which was passed by Congress and signed into law by President Teddy Roosevelt in response to the destruction of Native American cultural sites in New Mexico and Colorado.

More than 100 years later, threats to the California desert region underscore the continued relevance of this law and the vital role it plays in protecting unique and remarkable wild places. California’s Mojave Desert is a spectacular area rich in cultural, historic and natural wonders. But it’s situated precariously between two vibrant and expansive metropolitan areas—Los Angeles and Las Vegas. The pressures of population growth and natural resource development would have doomed the desert if citizens, businesses and community and elected leaders hadn’t taken steps to ensure its survival.

For those of us who work at Patagonia, the outdoors experience is both a livelihood and a calling. The widespread availability of public land, like these new national monuments, means our customers have places to play, and that’s good for business. But we also want our co-workers to live healthy, active lives outside of work. The recreation opportunities available on public lands, like national monuments, wilderness areas, parks and preserves, are unrivaled. Designation of the Mojave Desert national monuments means our children and grandchildren will have places to enjoy and explore, just as we do today.

We at Patagonia and throughout the outdoor industry are proud to have supported the years-long effort to protect Mojave Trails, Sand to Snow and Castle Mountains. Preserving the natural features of this wonderful state inspires people from all over the world to visit, as well as offering locals more places to enjoy. Many studies across the West are finding that proximity to protected lands attracts new residents and businesses. The result is a boon to business, jobs and incomes in desert communities. And protecting critical ecosystems is an even greater imperative in the midst of a changing climate.

The fact that this scenic backdrop is now protected means the world to me. The desert landscape over the years has been my touchstone, a place to find a deep sense of knowing, a respect for nature and how it feeds the human spirit. Over the now decades of my trips to explore this landscape, I’ve come to appreciate all the nuances, the rare glimpses of bighorn sheep, the petroglyphs, tarantulas, jackrabbits, tortoises, the creosote smell after the rain, the howls of coyote packs. I have come to love this place; it is a part of me.

So I say thank you to the many thousands of voices that called for this action, and thank you President Obama—who has now protected more lands and waters than any other president in history—for listening, and leading.




Rose Marcario is the President and CEO of Patagonia, Inc. and Patagonia Works.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Here Today, Gone Tomorrow
Written By: Patagonia

By Eliel Hindert


The road has been my home for the better part of my adult life. That elusive space not quite here or there, but simply a collection of moments in between.

Let’s rephrase that. The road has been where I’ve felt most at home for the better part of my entire life. Sure, I’ve had homes during this time period, even signed a few leases despite my better judgement. But it’s always that momentum, that inexplicable excitement of stepping over a threshold and knowing you won’t return to that place anytime soon, or ever, that keeps the movement constant.

Above: Eliel Hindert threads a forest of needles into the volcanic crater of Ulleung-Do Island, South Korea. Photo: Garrett Grove

The trips I go on are driven by the outdoor activities we all share a love for—skiing, surfing and climbing top the list but certainly don’t fill it—and often the goal of capturing a very specific moment in action via video or stills. Skiing spine lines with sunrise light can demand a week of snow camping in Chile; daily five-hour treks up the flanks of a peak to wait for a break in the weather in Japan; or a single turn with a very specific composition in British Columbia. The narrative for these shoots is often centered on a single objective and our journey to achieve that objective, or perhaps no narrative at all. A well-trodden path in action sports.

It was on these trips that I often found myself standing, staring, chatting or simply wandering in between shots. I would get lost and find the environment itself was the most interesting character I could ever imagine. Whether it was the dizzying pace and mechanics of a fish market in Korea, standing still in a pulsing river of human bodies in downtown Tokyo, or the deafening quiet of open spaces in the American West, these fleeting moments between objectives always stuck with me.


Carston Oliver makes his way to the summit of the island’s highest peak, one step at a time. With the Sea of Japan to his left and a snow laden crater to his right, these are steps worth relishing. Ulleung-Do Island, South Korea. Photo: Garrett Grove


Night falls after having traversed most of the island on skis and the only way back to the lodge is in the bed of a utility truck. Carston Oliver and Eliel Hindert take it the sights along the way, in both memories and pixels. Ulleung-Do Island, South Korea. Photo: Garrett Grove


The Gone Tomorrow series became a byproduct of those moments. I added my own camera to the mix of whatever trip I was on, with a simple personal objective and set of rules. During those in-between moments, try to capture the place and the experience of moving through it. Let the viewer feel more participant than observer. Then use spoken narrative from local authors and music from local artists to highlight the energy of the place. At the very least, the videos offered a memento I could relish personally. At most, they might inspire others to take a few extra steps and few extra moments in an adventure of their own.

With that extended introduction, I hope you enjoy these first three mementos from Gone Tomorrow.


Watch Gone Tomorrow | 1.1 | Skiing Korea. Video: Eliel Hindert


Watch Gone Tomorrow | 1.2 | Skiing Japan. Video: Eliel Hindert


Watch Gone Tomorrow | 1.3 | Skiing The West. Video: Eliel Hindert





Eliel Hindert grew up in Utah’s Wasatch Range, then wandered north to the coastal mountains of British Columbia for an education in both the classroom and outdoor environments. Today, Eliel balances the demands of professional skiing with the deadlines of writing and video production.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
A Couple Good Ones
Written By: Patagonia

By Jeff Johnson

It’s 2002. Dan Malloy, the youngest of the Malloy brothers, is surfing in a contest at Sunset Beach on O?ahu. He is 25 years old and upholding a foundation built by his two older brothers, which has made him the most hopeful of the Malloy clan to excel in the competitive surfing world. But it’s been a slow road. Although he is arguably one of the best “free” surfers in the world, his rankings on the pro tour show otherwise.

Editor’s note: Thank you to our friends at YETI Coolers for letting us republish this story. It first appeared on the Yeti blog. Above: The Malloy Brothers. Video: YETI 

For his brothers, there aren’t many expectations to fill. They know how difficult it is to do well at Sunset Beach, an arena notorious for big, funky, irregular surf. Regardless, the day is sunny, the water an opaque turquoise blue, and the waves are big—the size of telephone poles. Dan, trying to match his freakish, natural ability with the nuances of contest surfing, is more discerning than ever with his wave selection. Just before the end of his heat he catches a set wave. He makes the long drop, fading confidently back toward the towering whitewater, turns at the bottom, and pulls up into a giant tube ride. Dan disappears for a time that seems to stand still, and emerges out on the face. The crowd of spectators erupts. He can hear the hoots and crackling applause as he paddles in toward the beach.

After the awards ceremony, Dan straps his surfboard on top of his ‘65 Chevelle and drives home. On the way, a strange unsatisfied feeling comes over him. This unexpected sentiment compels him to reexamine why he started surfing in the first place. He is more passionate about surf exploration, seeing the world and discovering new possibilities. This contest is the final nail in the coffin. Dan decides to walk away from competitive surfing … forever.

Chris, the oldest brother, arrives at the house and finds Dan at the kitchen table eating a bowl of cereal.

“How was the contest?” asks Chris.

Dan, with a mouthful of corn flakes and milk dropping from his chin says, “There were a couple good ones.”

Later that day, as the news moves through the coconut wireless, the word is out. Dan Malloy had actually won the contest.


Dan Malloy, Indonesia. Photo: Jeff Johnson


I’ve known the three brothers for over 20 years now. We shared a beach house on the North Shore when we first met. It was a prime location, smack dab at the epicenter of the surf world. From our deck, looking left, we could peer into the cavernous tubes of the famous Banzai Pipeline. Out front we had the playful waves of Rocky Point, and down the beach, to the right, was the revered Sunset Beach. We had a climbing (training) wall in the garage, 100+ surfboards lying around, canoes, paddleboards and an assortment of ocean watercraft in racks outside and under the house. There was never a dull moment. Dan’s blasé reaction to Chris’ inquiry about the contest was par for the course, a casual interface that continues to this day. If I could say one thing about the Malloy brothers it would be that they are unwaveringly understated.


Jeff Johnson, North Shore, O?ahu, Hawai?i. Photo: Jeff Johnson Archives


It’s midnight at the North Shore house, November 1996. Some yelling in the front yard has awakened me. It has been raining all night and the power is out. I make my way through the house to the living room and stand there in the darkness. The yelling grows louder as I press my face against the window screen to see outside. Lightning strikes and I see Chris jump off our fence into the flooded front yard. I hear crazy laughter and a shuddering boom. In another flash I see Chris backstroking across the yard as if he is doing laps in public pool. The rain is coming down harder, louder, and I can still hear him while I lay back in bed.

Around 5:00 a.m. I hear rapping on a window. It’s our friend Todd Chesser with a shit-eating grin on his face trying to wake Chris up. Then I hear the sound of wax on surfboards. Back out in the living room, again, I see Chris and Todd paddling their “big boards” out the driveway and down the street.

As a lifeguard, I am called to work at Waimea Bay. “The Bay,” as it is called, is famous for hosting some of the largest rideable waves on Earth. This day is the biggest—50-foot faces—and roughest I had ever seen. The river had broken out from the valley pushing a torrent of water through the outer break. The color of the bay has turned from crystal clear blue to a chocolate brown. Our job as lifeguards is to keep surfers from paddling out to what looks like certain death. But there’s already a small handful of guys out there. They had paddled out at the crack of dawn.

From the lifeguard tower we see some of the gnarliest waves ever ridden at Waimea. One wave in particular, caught by a goofy-foot (surfing on his backhand, which is decidedly more difficult), is the most impressive. A big set rolls in and he paddles deeper than the rest of the crew and takes off on the steepest part of the wave. As he gets to his feet the peanut-gallery of lifeguards, huddled in the tower, write him off as a goner. But somehow he manages to stick an airdrop and make it, miraculously, into the channel. I look through my binoculars to see who it is but he’s too far out to tell.

A few minutes later, dark lines appear on the horizon. Cars parked around the Bay are honking their horns. This set looks bigger than the last. The small pack of surfers start paddling toward the channel and it looks like this one will catch them all. I look through my binoculars and there he is again, that goofy-foot, taking off deep in the pit of the wave. He free falls from the lip, but this time he has no chance of making it. Whitewater explodes all around him and he is gone. I’m searching the whitewash that has filled the bay. Nothing. Eventually I see him pop up way inside, crawling onto his board and paddling back out.

By noon, this early crew of surfers are making their way into the beach. With a closer look I see that the goofy-foot we’d been watching all morning is Chris.

That night, back at the house, while eating Hawaiian poke and drinking cheep beer, I hear Chris on our doorstep talking with someone.

“You get in the water today?” the guy asks Chris.


“Really? Waimea? How was it?”

“It was fun,” Chris mumbles with swig of beer. “There were a couple.”


Chris Malloy, Baja California, Mexico. Photo: Jeff Johnson


It’s October 2007. I invite Keith, the middle brother, to climb the North American Wall on El Capitan in Yosemite Valley. Although I had taken Keith on a couple of small, easy climbs, he is, by no means, a climber. If fact, he’s admittedly afraid of heights and doesn’t really respond to my invite. For this one, I assure him, we will be in good hands. Two seasoned, big-wall experts will be joining us. With a slight nod he says he’ll do it. Then he looks me square in the face and asks me if it’s safe. I don’t know how to answer so I change the subject.

El Capitan is the largest single piece of granite in the world. At 3,000 feet high it can take multiple days to scale its steep, overhanging face. The day before the climb, Keith and I are in the El Capitan meadow looking up at the towering monolith where climbers, if you can see them, are the size of ants. Keith is talking on his phone and I hear him say, “We’re going to climb Half Dome tomorrow.” The poor guy is so in the dark he doesn’t even know which big wall we will be climbing.

On the fifth day of the climb we arrive at the Cyclops Eye—a large indentation in the rock, three quarters of the way up the wall—and bivouac for the night. The next morning, we are halted by a snowstorm. We spend the next 24 hours in the Cyclops, confined to our cramped portaledge tents, which hang from the wall. Keith has hardly talked the whole climb. Now he just lays quietly in his sleeping bag. I think about what he must be going through. This is my third time up El Capitan and I’m hardly used to it. It’s such a bizarre world up here, not to mention the mental and physical strain of being so far off the ground over multiple days. I start to feel bad, like I’ve gotten him in way over his head.


Keith Malloy, El Capitan, Yosemite. Photo: Jeff Johnson


We awake the next morning to bluebird conditions. It is cold, crisp and unbelievably clear. The storm has set us back two days and we’ve begun to ration our food and water. Keith is showing signs of excitement as we lower him out on a rope, over the abyss, 2,500 feet of air below and nothing but sky above. He yelps, a muffled attempt to yodel, but with his heart in his throat.

We finally top out after seven days on the wall. Keith is a little more talkative now that he’s on level ground. But he’s having trouble on the descent to the valley floor. He says his knee has been hurting for a few days, though he didn’t mention this to anyone during the climb. It turns out Keith had been suffering a badly torn meniscus.

One month later, while traveling, I get an email from Chris. There’s a picture of Keith riding an absurdly massive wave at Mavericks in Northern California. Chris writes: “Keith on the biggest wave of his life one week before knee surgery.”

The next time I see Keith I ask him about that wave, “the biggest wave of his life.”

He says, “Yeah, it was pretty fun out there.”

“How ‘bout your knee?”

Keith bends his leg a few times, looking at it. “It’s pretty good,” he says.





Jeff Johnson is the co-author of 180 South: Conquerors of the Useless. He resides in Santa Barbara, California and works for Patagonia as a staff photographer, writer and product tester. See more of his work at


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Taking Bearings on Yellowstone Grizzly Bear Delisting
Written By: Patagonia

By Louisa Willcox


The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service recently announced its plans to remove Endangered Species Act protections from the Yellowstone grizzly bear. Patagonia along with many other environmental NGOs and citizens are taking a stand against this ruling and demanding continued protections for this iconic population of grizzly bears in our Nation’s first National Park. Grizzly bear activist and expert, Louisa Willcox, explains why delisting would be a historic mistake. Photo: Steven Gnam

Grizzly bears have an interesting way of focusing our attention. They tend to illicit different reactions from different people. In grizzly country, the snap of a twig or the sight of an elk carcass strikes fear in some and excited anticipation for ot hers. With grizzlies around, our experience of nature is heightened. Every year visitors from across the world flock to Yellowstone National Park to see grizzly bears and other wildlife species. Grizzlies hold an immense amount of value, not just from tourist dollars but to many they hold spiritual and cultural significance. This is why the current debate about whether or not endangered species protections should be removed from Yellowstone’s grizzly bears matters to everyone.

The passage of the Endangered Species Act (ESA) in 1973 represented a pendulum swing away from the slaughter of wolves, bison, grizzly bears and other species, to one of more balance in managing our relationship to wildlife. Under the ESA’s umbrella, the status of grizzly bears has slowly improved since the time of listing in 1975. Numbers have probably doubled. Without these protections, grizzly bears would likely have been relegated to just a few bears hanging on in the confines of Yellowstone Park.

According to experts, we still have grizzlies in Yellowstone in part because of its vast parks and wilderness, but especially because the ESA stopped sport hunting, reduced availability of human garbage and foods, cut back grazing of domestic sheep on public lands, and closed roads. These efforts would not have succeeded without the blood, sweat and tears of public servants with heart, prodded, occasionally, by watchdog environmentalists.

Yellowstone’s current population of roughly 650 to 750 grizzly bears is much smaller than the 2,000+ animals widely considered by experts to be necessary for long-term viability. Altogether, the five remaining grizzly bear populations in the lower 48 states number perhaps 1,500, a mere 1-2% of the 100,000 grizzly bears that once roamed the contiguous U.S. in a range that was formerly 100 times larger. For the last 40 years, the Endangered Species Act has been vital to sustaining Yellowstone’s grizzly bears. Delisting would likely reverse hard-fought gains and push them back to the brink of extinction.

It’s not just environmentalists who don’t want to see 40 years of hard work thrown down the drain. Native peoples see grizzly bears as relatives, teachers and guides vital to their cultural and spiritual health. Not surprisingly, the proposal to delist and permit sport hunting of grizzly bears is anathema to them. So far, 41 Tribes, from Canada to Mexico, have passed legal resolutions opposing delisting and trophy hunting of grizzly bears.


Two grizzly cubs (standing) and mom. Northwest Montana. Photo: Steven Gnam


Some ranchers are sympathetic to the bears. Karl Rappold, whose family ranch was founded in 1882, said to an interviewer in 2009: “… before my father passed away in 1986 he told me the only regret he had was that he’d killed so many grizzly bears and that they’d almost become extinct. He made me promise that when I took over the ranch, these big bears would always have a home. So I worked most of my life to make sure that happened.”

And, with people flocking to Yellowstone in record numbers to enjoy its bears, wolves, mountains and rivers, it is clear that wild nature is the engine driving the economic and cultural well-being of the region. Endangered species such as grizzly bears and their ecosystems are a cause for celebration. Indeed, there is overwhelming support for the ESA in the region and throughout the country. A recent poll sponsored by Earthjustice Legal Defense Fund and Defenders of Wildlife showed that 90% of Americans strongly support the Endangered Species Act. Instead of turning grizzlies over to the tender mercies of state wildlife managers, we should work to create a political system consistent with this reality.

We are blessed to still have country that is big and wild enough to harbor grizzly bears. This includes iconic places like the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem, centered on our nation’s first National Park. But today, more than ever, the Yellowstone grizzly bear is threatened by a warming climate, ever more humans, incautious big game hunters and isolation from other bear populations. Each of us needs to do our bit, and the government should do its job. That means not removing the safety net of federal endangered species protections and opening the door for trophy hunting of grizzlies.


Take_action_largeTAKE ACTION!

Join Patagonia and tell U.S. Fish & Wildlife that you want continued ESA protections for Yellowstone’s grizzly bears. 

Sign the petition at

Update 3/7/16: Petition updated to  




Louisa Willcox has advocated for preserving wild places and wildlife, including grizzly bears, for over 30 years. She served as Senior Wildlife Advocate for Natural Resources Defense Council, Grizzly Bear Project Director for Sierra Club, and Program Director for Greater Yellowstone Coalition. Louisa also served as Field Studies Director for Teton Science School in Jackson, Wyoming, and as a senior instructor for the National Outdoor Leadership School for a number of years. In 2014, she was given a lifetime achievement award from Yale. She lives with her husband, Dr. David Mattson, in Livingston. Montana.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Patagonia Supports Paid Leave. You Should Too.
Written By: Patagonia

Patagonia supports employees with paid leave to care for themselves or an immediate family member. We do it because it’s the right thing to do for employees and their families–and because it’s good for our business. But this kind of support is far too uncommon in the United States, where just 13 percent of workers have access to paid family and medical leave. We’re the only industrialized country without a law that gives workers paid leave when serious family or medical needs arise.

Above: Patagonia Supports Paid Leave. You Should Too. Video: Patagonia

Passing the FAMILY Act would provide workers with up to 12 weeks of partial income when they take time for their own serious health condition, including pregnancy and childbirth recovery; the serious health condition of a child, parent, spouse or domestic partner; the birth or adoption of a child; and/or for particular military caregiving and leave purposes. Call on your representatives in Congress to co-sponsor the FAMILY Act today.


Take_action_largeTAKE ACTION NOW

Visit the National Partnership for Women & Families and ask your representatives in Congress to co-sponsor the FAMILY Act.

Support paid leave


Having on-site child care is priceless for both dad and daughter. Patagonia HQ. Photo: Kyle Sparks


Why Strong Families Build Strong Businesses

By Dean Carter, Patagonia VP

In the United States, up to 35 percent of working women who give birth never return to their jobs. Meanwhile, the cost of replacing employees can range from 35 to 200 percent of a worker’s salary, depending on seniority.

If this seems like a shocking economic inefficiency, consider that American businesses provide paid family leave to just 13 percent of U.S. workers. Often, we bend our lives in order to meet the responsibilities of our jobs, which provide the financial means to support ourselves and our families. But employers rarely bend to meet the needs of families in return.

Yes, federal law requires job protected unpaid leave through the Family and Medical Leave Act and some states have expanded on the federal standard—but income protection is basically nonexistent. And very few employers offer the essential benefit of high-quality, on-site child care.

The result? In too many cases, American workers must choose between meeting financial needs for their families or properly caring for loved ones in other critical ways, like caring for a newborn or dealing with a family emergency.

Creating a workplace that supports family life is the right thing to do. But it’s also the right decision economically. These aren’t perks, but investments in people that pay off—financially and in other ways.


Spending time with your child doesn’t have to make waves in the workplace. Patagonia HQ. Photo: Kyle Sparks


Prioritizing families has a business benefit—the proof is in the data

Family-affirming policies reduce turnover costs, including lost productivity while a position is vacant, plus recruitment, relocation, and training time. This can range from 35 percent of annual salary for a non-managerial employee, to 125 percent of salary for a manager, to a couple years’ pay for a director or vice president.

At Patagonia, over the past five years, we’ve seen 100 percent of moms return to work after maternity leave. Turnover for parents who have children in our on-site child care program runs 25 percent less than for our own general employee population. And public policy helps. Under California’s paid family leave program, the average length of leave has doubled, with the greatest benefit accruing to women of color and in lower-wage jobs.

Studies also show that employees who feel supported by their companies tend to be more engaged in their work, and engaged workers are more productive. In California, nearly 90 percent of businesses surveyed about the effects of the California paid leave program reported either a positive effect or no noticeable effect on productivity. At Patagonia, employee engagement has translated directly into business success—profits have tripled in recent years, allowing us to reinvest in our mission.

More broadly, paid leave helps our economy from slipping behind. Out of 185 countries and territories in the world surveyed by the International Labor Organization, the United States is one of only two countries to offer no federal paid maternity leave (the other is Papua New Guinea).


Patagonia’s family policies began as frantic solutions for colleagues who were struggling to breastfeed and care for their babies without losing their jobs. As research mounted showing that mothers and infants benefit physically and emotionally from nursing, we developed systems that let families prolong nursing past the crucial first six months. Patagonia HQ. Photo: Kyle Sparks


So, what can U.S. employers do to encourage strong families, healthier kids and a competitive, skilled workforce?

  1. Employers should get behind the FAMILY Act, which creates a national standard for paid family and medical leave to help reduce costs and level our competitive playing field while allowing workers to meet their health needs and caregiving responsibilities. The FAMILY Act was first introduced in Congress two years ago and has since picked up substantial support—yet it hasn’t been heard in committee or voted on by legislators. Let’s push our elected officials to make paid family leave a law in our country.
  1. Every company with 200 employees in one place or more should seriously consider the introduction of high-quality, on-site child care. This allays the anxiety for all new parents and is the next best thing to having them within eyesight or earshot. Good child care is expensive, but at Patagonia we estimate that we earn back 90-125 percent of our paid subsidy for our on-site child care program (a big reason we recently expanded the program from our California headquarters to our 400-employee distribution center in Nevada as well). Independent studies show similar returns on this kind of investment for other companies.
  1. Consider a diverse but holistic package of family-affirming policies, including flex time, private space for lactation, adoption assistance, travel support programs for nursing mothers, and child care subsidies for companies that don’t provide on-site care.

Yes, there are financial costs inherent in building a family-affirming workplace, but the benefits—financial and otherwise—pay off the investment year after year.

I’ve seen firsthand the power of a workplace that prioritizes families. It’s time for real action by American businesses to help our families successfully meet their challenges. As a bonus, American businesses would find greater success as well.

Business leaders (and their CFOs) should take note.


Fresh off a healthy breakfast in the café, grandpa and granddaughter head to desk and child care respectively. Patagonia HQ. Photo: Kyle Sparks


Take_action_largeTAKE ACTION NOW

Visit the National Partnership for Women & Families and ask your representatives in Congress to co-sponsor the FAMILY Act.

Support paid leave





Dean Carter is a Vice President leading HR, Finance and Legal at Patagonia. This op-ed was first published by Business Insider.

Interested in a career at Patagonia? Learn more about working here and check our current job openings.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
B Corps Unite to Bring Rooftop Solar to 1,500 Homes
Written By: Patagonia


Led by Patagonia and Kina?ole Capital Partners, LLC, a first-of-its-kind group of five certified B-Corporations have come together to create a $35 million tax equity fund that will make the benefits of solar power available to more than a thousand U.S. households. The new fund uses state and federal tax credits to direct Patagonia’s tax dollars for residential development of affordable, efficient Sungevity solar energy systems.

The new fund builds off a similar, successful endeavor between Patagonia and Kina?ole that was created to purchase 1,000 rooftop solar systems in Hawai?i in 2014. Now reaching the mainland United States, this transaction brings together five B Corporations (B Corps): Patagonia as the tax equity investor; Kina?ole as the fund manager; New Resource Bank and Beneficial State Bank as lenders; and Sungevity, Inc., as the project developer. B Corps are for-profit companies certified by the nonprofit B Lab that meet rigorous standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency.

Above: Kohl Christensen installs a residential solar system for Kina?ole Capital Partners. O?ahu, Hawai?i. Photo: John Phaneuf

“We’re doubling down on an investment strategy that brings great financial returns while supporting the clean energy economy,” said Patagonia CEO Rose Marcario. “B Corps know how to make money while creating broader benefits—but any company would be smart to leverage their tax dollars this way. I hope others take advantage of a great opportunity.”

The U.S. solar market, which currently employs 209,000 workers, is expected to see aggressive growth over the next five years, making the sector a prime area for investment. Solar installations are projected to reach 25 gigawatts of solar capacity, and the recent extension of the 30% federal solar investment tax credit (ITC) will foster $40 billion in incremental investment in solar between 2016 and 2020.

The fund will purchase more than 1,500 residential solar energy systems to be made available to homeowners in Arizona, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey and New York. Homeowners pay no up-front costs but sign power purchase agreements to buy solar energy for less than their utility’s rates (any surplus energy produced by the panels is sold back to the utility). Sungevity manages the contracts and the installations.

Over a twenty-year life span (the average for a solar installation), the rooftop systems installed through the fund are expected to produce 200 million kilowatt hours (kWh) of electricity, displacing consumption of 325,000 barrels of oil (equivalent to taking 30,000 cars off the road) and 140,000 tons of greenhouse gas emissions.

“We’re excited to join with Patagonia to share our tax equity investment blueprint with other companies interested in making a successful return by supporting clean energy,” said Blair Herbert, Principal of Kina?ole. “Sungevity quickly emerged as the natural partner given its strong customer experience and like-minded management team, and we’re excited to see our fund result in more residential solar over the coming years,” added Kina?ole principal Andrew Yani.

“Sungevity is proud to be a founding B Corp member and a recognized ‘Best for the World’ company,” said Andrew Birch, Chief Executive Officer, Sungevity, Inc. “This B Corp partnership clearly demonstrates that corporations can work together in creative ways to simultaneously benefit their respective bottom lines, the personal finances of homeowners and the environment.”

The previous fund established by Patagonia and Kina?ole in 2014, totaling $27 million, was developed to purchase 1,000 solar systems in Hawai?i. The program has already successfully helped many homeowners and individual condominium residents enjoy electricity savings from clean renewable solar power.


Solar panels at Patagonia HQ provide a portion of our power and shade for employee vehicles. Ventura, California. Photo: Tim Davis


Patagonia’s investment comes through its $20 Million & Change fund, launched in 2013 to help innovative, like-minded startup companies bring about solutions to the environmental crisis and other positive change through business. Or, in the words of Patagonia founder Yvon Chouinard, to help entrepreneurs and innovators succeed in “working with nature rather than using it up.” More information about Patagonia’s investments through the fund to date can be found at Patagonia Works.

Kina?ole Capital Partners is a financial services company that offers customers the option of enjoying a solar energy system at no upfront cost. Customers simply agree to either purchase electricity generated by the solar system or lease the solar systems at a fixed rate that is typically less than the local utility’s rate. This electricity cost provides long-term savings to the customer and serves to reduce the amount of electricity that is purchased from the utility grid. More information can be found at Kina?ole Capital Partners.

Those interested in learning more about residential solar systems can visit


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Save the Blue Heart of Europe: The Balkan Rivers story
Written By: Patagonia

By Ulrich Eichelmann


The Balkan Peninsula in southeastern Europe is known for its Mediterranean beaches, past wars, corruption, ethnic conflicts and, to insiders, Slivovitz and cevapi—the plum schnapps and traditional minced-meat dish of the region. Stories about the area are plentiful, but I want to tell you a different story—a story about beauty, diversity and uniqueness, and an imminent threat in disguise.

It is a story about the rivers between Slovenia and Albania, which are the most intact on the entire continent. Wild rivers with extensive gravel banks, spectacular waterfalls, deep canyons, crystal clear streams full of fish, large alluvial forests where rare eagles nest, even karstic underground rivers. But, most amazingly, almost nobody knows about them. They’re a hidden treasure in the middle of 21st century Europe.

Above: Vjosa River, Albania. Photo:Roland Dorozhani  

I have always been a river person, a river freak if you will. I grew up in a small town near a little river in central Germany where I learned to catch trout with my bare hands and build huts in willow trees. Then, in the 1980s, a dam was constructed upstream and everything changed. The water level dropped dramatically and my personal paradise disappeared. Since then I have been working to protect rivers, which mostly means fighting against dam projects. I did this work for over 17 years at World Wildlife Fund Austria and have continued it, since 2012, as CEO of Riverwatch, an NGO focusing on the protection of rivers.

Some years ago, Riverwatch and the German NGO EuroNatur had an unusual idea about the Balkan rivers: to fight not only for the protection of a single river, or even a stretch of river, but for all of the Balkan rivers—a huge challenge. In 2013, we launched the Save the Blue Heart of Europe campaign. The first step was to assess the morphology of the rivers, the biodiversity, protected areas, threats, etc. The outcome was astonishing: 11,000 river kilometers are in pristine, or near natural state, and another 17,000 river kilometers are in good, or satisfying morphological condition—this represents 80% of all river kilometers in the region.


Kravice Waterfalls, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Photo: Goran Safarek


MNE Tara © A. Vorauer (103)_2
Tara River, Montenegro. Photo: Anton Vorauer


Sana River, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Photo: Luka Tomac


Sana River, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Photo: Luka Tomac


The quality of these rivers is without par in Europe.

And so is the biodiversity of their fish populations. Sixty-nine species are endemic to these rivers; they live here and nowhere else on the planet. These rivers are especially famous for trout species like the Marble, Softmouth and Prespa. But the most outstanding fish of them all is the Huchen, or Danube salmon, a globally threatened species that lives only in the Danube basin.

So much for the good news. The bad news is there are more than 2,700 hydropower plants planned for the region. The entire river network is at risk; not even protected areas, or those hosting endangered species, will be spared. Approximately 113 dam projects would be inside national parks, another 133 inside Natura 2000 sites and many more in other protected areas. What’s worse, the destruction of these rivers is supported, to a large extent, by international financial institutions like the World Bank and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), and carried out by Western European companies. They promote dam projects as green investments, defending the destruction of nature as climate protection. Arguments like these are being used at the Sana River in Bosnia and Herzegovina, where a dam project is being constructed by an energy company from Austria in the middle of one of the best Huchen stretches in nature.


Young, male Huchen (Hucho hucho). Photo: A. Hartl


Our campaign, however, has already yielded some successes. The government of Macedonia, for instance, wanted to construct several hydropower plants in Mavrovo National Park. The two biggest schemes were to be financed by the World Bank and the EBRD. While undermining the very idea of a national park, they would have also destroyed the main habitat of the Balkan lynx, a very rare subspecies of the Eurasian lynx. Last December, our protest activities forced the banks to pull back from the projects. Mavrovo National Park and the habitat of the Balkan lynx are safe for the time being. Furthermore, our campaign is encouraging more and more people to stand up for their rivers as they see them promoted in international media.

Fortunately, the Balkans are still full of river wonders. One of the greatest wonders is the Vjosa in Albania, the last big, wild river in Europe outside of Russia. For almost 270 kilometers, from the mountains in Greece to the Adriatic Sea, she flows freely without any artificial obstacles. No dams, no levees, nothing but nature. Scientifically, this river is unexplored. We probably know more about the Amazon than about this river. Nevertheless, the Albanian government recently announced their intent to dam the Vjosa. We have a contrary vision in mind. We want the Vjosa to be protected as a national park, the first Wild River National Park in Europe. It would not only save this natural European treasure, but also guarantee sustainable income for local communities. For this reason, the people of the valley support our idea and oppose the projected dams.


One For The River: The Vjosa Story. Video: Leeway Collective


In order to save the Vjosa and other Balkan rivers, we have to make their uniqueness, and their threats, visible. We need to make them an international issue. To do this, our campaign needs partners: fly fishers, paddlers and other nature lovers from all over the world. I am very happy that Patagonia has become our campaign partner. Between April and May of this year we are organizing a joint campaign event, the Save the Balkan Rivers Tour. Led by former Slovenian Olympic athlete, Rok Rozman, kayakers from all over Europe are invited to jointly paddle the Balkan rivers. The grand finale of the tour will be a flotilla event on the Vjosa, and a rally in the Albanian capital of Tirana to protest the dam projects. The tour is a unique opportunity for kayakers and journalists to discover these stunning rivers. If you have the chance, join us!

To me and many others, saving the Balkan rivers is the single most important nature conservation issue in Europe. We are aware that the challenge is huge and even a bit crazy. But how often do you get the chance to save a continental heritage? One day, people from all over the world will come to the Balkans to see Europe’s Blue Heart still beating. We will fight for it.

By the way, after decades of fights, my little hometown river will run free again this year. The two dams upstream are going to be opened up. In the 1980s, that too was a completely crazy vision.





Ulrich Eichelmann is the coordinator for the Save the Blue Heart of Europe campaign and the CEO of Riverwatch an environmental foundation based in Bremen, Germany. In 2014, he was awarded the Great Binding Prize for Nature Conservation, one of the most significant environmental awards in Europe.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Greenland Vertical Sailing 2014 – Part 1, Warming up in Uummannaq and 24 hours on the wall
Written By: Patagonia

By Nico Favresse, photos by the Wild Bunch


July 15, 2014—We are off again on an exciting adventure! Reverend Captain Bob Shepton is very excited to have the Wild Bunch—Sean Villanueva, Olivier Favresse, Ben Ditto and I—back on board the Dodo’s Delight for some jamming and big walls. Already four years have passed since our last expedition in Greenland with captain Bob. This time though we brought more musical instruments, more fishing equipment and more whiskey for our captain, all of which we hope will help us with our new assignment: testing the acoustics of some massive big walls located in the fjords on the east coast of Baffin Island.

We left Aasiaat one week ago and we’ve have had good moments so far but also harder ones. Yes, indeed, we missed the World Cup final and the ice hasn't melted enough for us to cross to the Baffin Island side. Our captain is becoming very impatient and we are afraid that he would be quite willing to take some risks for us to reach Baffin Island. If we did get stranded by the pack ice and its pressuring current, Dodo's Delight would most likely get crushed and sink. The good thing is that our captain is very familiar with that. He has two boats in Greenland, one of them he keeps below the water's surface!

Above: The ethic of our captain is very strict: There will be no bolts allowed on board!   

Four days of sailing with occasional stops for bouldering sessions brought us to the fjords of Uummannaq and its mountains. The ice cap and the ocean, filled with icebergs, look so unreal. It feels like we are on a different planet. There are some nice big walls here but it's not easy to evaluate the rock quality from a distance. So yesterday we decided to go have a closer look and attempt some climbing on a nice looking 400-meter wall right above the settlement of Ikerasak.

We split into two teams and went for two different lines. Ben and Oli chose the east ridge, a line that seemed not too risky or more suitable for committed married men (almost) while Sean and I chose the right prow with its overhanging headwall. The climbing turned out to be a lot better than we anticipated. The granite here is very rich in holds and fun to climb. There were also some sections of rotten rock but fortunately we found our way through it alive.

Now we are cooking up some organic, free-range local meat and look forward to a nice lunch for recuperation. We'll be in touch as the next exciting steps unfold. Stay tuned!


Greetings from the Wild Bunch and Reverend Captain Bob Shepton. We are very excited to be back. Four years have passed since our last time on Dodo's Delight.


What a nice surprise to be escorted by whales on our way out from Aasiaat!


Tricky sailing through the ice but pretty fun as long as we don't get stranded.


Fun climbing on these amazing overhanging cracks and dihedrals.


Our daily view of the fjords of the Uummannaq area.


Our first summit shot on this trip. Yeah!


August 1, 2014—It's raining but we aren't sleeping in today! The ice chart we received yesterday showed a very positive evolution in the ice melting over on Baffin Island so we are very excited. Now it's time for us to get ready to cross Baffin Bay.

We have just restocked with wine, whiskey and condensed milk. We have checked the sails, tightened up the cables of the mast and fixed everything well on the deck. Basically, for a crossing like this and with a fiberglass boat like we are on, you need to be ready for the worst to happen! We'll have to pay a lot of attention to icebergs and mermaids, especially if the thick fog settles in or the wind blows too hard, or if both happen at the same time. But we are ready for it, at least we think so!


What it’s like to sail on a rainy day in Greenland.


We are now really looking forward to the walls on Baffin Island. Our last climbing experience on this trip was pretty intense. As usual we sailed around and picked a wall to climb. How we choose the walls we climb is not always very rational. It definitely has some logical aspects like the steepness of the wall, the acoustics (for jamming), lines and rock quality. But it's also a general feeling about what looks appealing, and it tends to fluctuate. Some days you feel more confident and steep things don't seem so difficult, or a wall that looks loose can still catch our interest. It's all pretty dependent on our mental state and how we read it. Well, we must have been in a pretty high mental state when we chose to climb this last wall.

When we reached the base things that looked good from afar started to look different and way more intimidating. Me and Oli chose to aim for an obvious dihedral system while Ben and Sean chose a line of thin cracks and dihedrals. Right as I left the ground I understood the whole wall was shattered and it would be impossible to fully trust any of the holds or protections. I worked my way up about 20 meters and the rock began to crumble so I downclimbed and tried a different start. Again, I got about 20 meters up and got shut down by a bunch of loose flakes blocking my progress. Again I downclimbed and took a better look at the rock face. It all seemed loose so Oli and I opted to go fishing instead of climbing. This wall wasn't meant to be climbed by us. Somehow being confronted by your limits and accepting them is, for me, one of the most interesting parts of exploring new climbs. Of course, it wasn't without a little knot of uncertainty that we called our captain to come rescue us.

Oli approaching the wall with confidence. It looked good from afar, but far from good up close.


Our daily source of protein.


Meanwhile, Ben and Sean managed to take off on their line with very little protection and lots of loose rock. Ben led half of one pitch and backed off the loose dangling blocks. From the ground we could hear him reasoning with Sean to bail, but Sean was too excited to bail: “No way man, it’s too good!” They committed to the wall and spent 24 hours battling through 500 meters of steep challenging choss. 

“For me, the climb was a metamorphosis,” says Ben. “At first I was super stressed about the risk of climbing such extreme choss, but soon I found a rhythm that allowed me to enjoy the climbing, thanks to Sean leading every pitch.” 

Sean had found his happy place among the maze of loose blocks and circuitous cracks. Though by the end, the continuous difficulty pushed him near his limit. We are a little worried because he has now expanded his capability of taming the inner beast and physical difficulties seem trivial. We aren't sure when he will again find this nirvana, but we hope it isn't soon—and not with any of us as his partner. 

The ascent was accompanied by a host of whales and dazzling lightshows that kept Ben entertained as he belayed Sean on the two-hour-plus leads. They compromised on a name for the route: No Place for Humans, aka, Sunshine and Roses.

We are glad they are back from their adventures safely, and we’re super psyched for the next stage. 


Sean heads up the Funky Tower.


Ben and Sean on the second pitch of No Place for Humans, aka, Sunshine and Roses.


Sean and Ben explore the meaning of life atop their new route.


“Here is the heel hook, Bob.” Captain Bob works a new bouldering project.


As the adventures unfold we will keep you posted.


Nico Favresse is a Patagonia ambassador from Brussels, Belgium. In 2010, the same crew—Nico, Sean Villanueva, Ben Ditto and Olivier Favresse—joined Captain Bob Shepton for a sailing trip through the fjords of Greenland, eventually crossing the Atlantic Ocean to Scotland. Along the way they found virgin big walls and a bunch of good climbing, including the Impossible Wall. If you missed it, check out our coverage and watch the five-part video series. 


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Trying to Be Responsible – Patagonia Environmental & Social Initiatives 2014
Written By: Patagonia

By Jim Little


We just finished our 2014 Environmental & Social Initiatives booklet and would love to share it with you. In it you’ll find a pretty comprehensive accounting of everything Patagonia did this year to conduct ourselves in an environmentally and socially conscious manner. The booklet includes stories about our efforts as a business and as individuals, and a list of all the environmental groups (770 of them working in 16 countries) we helped to support.

Above are some shots from the booklet’s table of contents to give you a taste of what lies within, and below the fold, an easy to digest number-by-number approach (ala Harper’s Index) that quantifies some of our work. If you’d like to dive in deeper, click the booklet at the end of this post and flip through the pages. We hope you enjoy!

Photos: (clockwise, top left-right) Eli Steltenpohl, Mikey Schaefer, Lindsay Walker, Tony Clevenger, Ben Knight. Artwork: Amanda Lenz 



61 MILLION: Dollars and in-kind services we’ve donated since tithing program began in 1985

6.6 MILLION: Dollars we donated this fiscal year to fund environmental work

10: Fair Trade Certified™ styles now in the Patagonia line

15 MILLION: Acres of degraded grassland we hope to restore in the Patagonia region of South America, by buying and supporting the purchase of sustainably grazed merino wool

$98,185.11: Amount given to nonprofits this year through our Employee Charity Match program

1,711: Hours this year employees at our Ventura and Reno campuses worked through company’s volunteer program

100: Percentage of Traceable Down (traceable to birds that were never live-plucked, never force-fed) we now use in our down products

7,162: Volunteer hours worked this year through the internship program

136: Number of employees who volunteered this year through our environmental internship program

20 MILLION & CHANGE: Dollars we’ve allocated to invest in environmentally and socially responsible companies

74: Number of activists and employees who received skills training this year at Patagonia’s bi-annual Tools for Grassroots Activists conference

770: Number of environmental groups that received a grant this year

100: Percentage of Patagonia products we take back for recycling

726,404: Single-driver car trip miles avoided this year through our Drive-Less program

100 MILLION: Dollars 1% for the Planet® has donated to nonprofit environmental groups since it was founded in 2002 by Patagonia founder Yvon Chouinard and Craig Mathews

1996: Year we switched to the exclusive use of organically grown cotton


2014 Environmental & Social Initiatives booklet on Issuu. Download the PDF.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: Mother's Have It Hardest
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall


"I remember really quickly going from, 'Wow, I'm home, this feels great', to 'Holy s***, what did I do to my mom'?" says alpinist Kyle Dempster. "And that was the first time I saw how truly difficult it is for mothers."

Today, we bring you two stories—one from Hilary Oliver, and one from Kyle Dempster and his mother, Terry—about the struggle of loving an adventurer. The struggle between loving them so much that you don't want to see them hurt, and loving them so much that you want to support them in pursuing their dreams—in doing the things that make them tick.

This story was originally inspired by one of Kyle's blog posts by the same title. You can find more of Kyle's writing at Through My Eyes.

You can find Hilary's writing at TheGription.


Listen to "Mothers Have it Hardest" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
A River Reborn – Floating the Elwha River after dam removal
Written By: Patagonia

By Dylan Tomine


It’s difficult to put into words exactly how it feels to experience the newly free Elwha River. Gratitude, for sure, for all the people and organizations who put so much into bringing the dams down. And awe, as nature takes over and the river finds it’s new-old path to the sea. And fun, of course, to be there taking it all in with my good friend and DamNation producer/underwater photographer, Matt Stoecker.

We floated the Elwha under crazy blue skies and warm air, with the winners of the Patagonia/DamNation photo contest and our gracious hosts from Olympic Raft & Kayak. All around amazing experience. Despite what the dam-removal critics said, the sediment load in the water has settled out quickly, leaving the water clear, with the slight milky, blue-green tint one expects of a glacial river in summertime.

Above: A painted crack and message on Glines Canyon Dam foreshadowed its removal over two decades later. Elwha River, Olympic National Park, Washington in a scene from DamNation. Photo: Mikal Jakubal

As we came into the former reservoir zone above the lower dam site, I was blown away to look up 40 feet above us and see the old water line still clearly defined on the rocks and trees. It was like finding a river at the bottom of a lake, which is essentially what’s happened here.

At the actual dam site, after much discussion and scouting, we decided to become the first commercial trip Olympic Raft & Kayak had taken down through what they’ve named That Dam Rapid. A short, steep, highly technical Class 4 drop through what used to be Elwha Dam proved to be as hairy as it looked, and provided plenty of adrenaline to jolt us out of the all the dreamy wonder and gratitude we were feeling. Great ride, and a perfect end to the float.


Tom O’Keefe of American Whitewater scouting the riffle on the Elwha. Photo: Dylan Tomine

The earthen berm where the Elwha Dam once stood, viewed from just upstream. Photo: Dylan Tomine


Shooting the newly named That Dam Rapid (IV) at the former dam site. That’s me in the port bow, shortly before getting launched. Photo: Olympic Raft & Kayak


That night, Olympic Raft & Kayak hosted an outdoor screening of DamNation in the warm and amazingly, for the Olympic Peninsula, dry summer night. Mikal Jakobal, the activist who painted the now-famous crack on the dam here back in 1987, made a surprise appearance, much to the crowd’s delight.

Finally, the next day, Matt and I drove down to the where the Elwha runs into the Strait of Juan de Fuca. This was, perhaps, the most tangible evidence of a river reborn, and an uplifting view of what a free river is supposed to do. Instead of the river channel running straight into saltwater along a sterile, clean-cobble beach as it once was, the Elwha had built a tremendous delta. Sediment, trapped behind the dams for 100 years, is now creating a complex system of barrier islands, sloughs, ponds and wetlands. The most perfect juvenile salmon habitat imaginable. We stood there in the wind, absorbing what it all means and feeling the uplift of a rare and valuable victory.


New sandbars forming at the mouth of the Elwha—ideal juvenile salmon habitat. Photo: Dylan Tomine


Dylan Tomine is a Patagonia fly fishing ambassador and the author of Closer to the Ground: An Outdoor Family’s Year On The Water, In The Woods and At The Table. He lives on the coast of Washington with his wife and two kids. You can read an excerpt from Dylan’s book right here on The Cleanest Line or check out Dylan’s blog (the origin of today's post) for more musings on family, foraging and fly fishing in the northwest.

Thanks to everyone who entered DamNation film’s #thatdamcontest. There were a ton of entires and we struggled to pick a winner. Here are the photos from the finalists and eventual winner, @mikfish.


Grand prize winner @mikfish. We chose this photo not for what it shows, but for what it hides. Submerged below the waterline is Hetch Hetchy Valley a place described by John Muir as "one of nature's rarest and most precious mountain temples." The valley can be restored to its former grandeur if O'Shaughnessy Dam is removed, and our friends at Restore Hetch Hetchy are working to make it happen. Please join them.


Finalist @amylee1837.


Finalist @lauragus.


Finalist @brysonmalone.


Finalist @radalie. Photo by @ursus_maritimus_.


You can browse all of the entries at

To our international readers, the DamNation crew is currently working on the international release of the film. Follow DamNation on Facebook or Twitter for updates, and thanks for your patience.       


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
A River Reborn – Floating the Elwha River after dam removal
Written By: Patagonia

By Dylan Tomine


It’s difficult to put into words exactly how it feels to experience the newly free Elwha River. Gratitude, for sure, for all the people and organizations who put so much into bringing the dams down. And awe, as nature takes over and the river finds it’s new-old path to the sea. And fun, of course, to be there taking it all in with my good friend and DamNation producer/underwater photographer, Matt Stoecker.

We floated the Elwha under crazy blue skies and warm air, with the winners of the Patagonia/DamNation photo contest and our gracious hosts from Olympic Raft & Kayak. All around amazing experience. Despite what the dam-removal critics said, the sediment load in the water has settled out quickly, leaving the water clear, with the slight milky, blue-green tint one expects of a glacial river in summertime.

Above: A painted crack and message on Glines Canyon Dam foreshadowed its removal over two decades later. Elwha River, Olympic National Park, Washington in a scene from DamNation. Photo: Mikal Jakubal

As we came into the former reservoir zone above the lower dam site, I was blown away to look up 40 feet above us and see the old water line still clearly defined on the rocks and trees. It was like finding a river at the bottom of a lake, which is essentially what’s happened here.

At the actual dam site, after much discussion and scouting, we decided to become the first commercial trip Olympic Raft & Kayak had taken down through what they’ve named That Dam Rapid. A short, steep, highly technical Class 4 drop through what used to be Elwha Dam proved to be as hairy as it looked, and provided plenty of adrenaline to jolt us out of the all the dreamy wonder and gratitude we were feeling. Great ride, and a perfect end to the float.


Elwha riffle. Photo: Dylan Tomine

Elwha dam site, just above the rapids. Photo: Dylan Tomine


Tackling That Dam Rapid (IV). Photo: Olympic Raft & Kayak


That night, Olympic Raft & Kayak hosted an outdoor screening of DamNation in the warm and amazingly, for the Olympic Peninsula, dry summer night. Mikal Jakobal, the activist who painted the now-famous crack on the dam here back in 1987, made a surprise appearance, much to the crowd’s delight.

Finally, the next day, Matt and I drove down to the where the Elwha runs into the Strait of Juan de Fuca. This was, perhaps, the most tangible evidence of a river reborn, and an uplifting view of what a free river is supposed to do. Instead of the river channel running straight into saltwater along a sterile, clean-cobble beach as it once was, the Elwha had built a tremendous delta. Sediment, trapped behind the dams for 100 years, is now creating a complex system of barrier islands, sloughs, ponds and wetlands. The most perfect juvenile salmon habitat imaginable. We stood there in the wind, absorbing what it all means and feeling the uplift of a rare and valuable victory.


Delta at the mouth of the Elwha River. Photo: Dylan Tomine


Dylan Tomine is a Patagonia fly fishing ambassador and the author of Closer to the Ground: An Outdoor Family’s Year On The Water, In The Woods and At The Table. He lives on the coast of Washington with his wife and two kids. You can read an excerpt from Dylan’s book right here on The Cleanest Line or check out Dylan’s blog (the origin of today's post) for more musings on family, foraging and fly fishing in the northwest.

Thanks to everyone who entered DamNation film’s #thatdamcontest. There were a ton of entires and we struggled to pick a winner. Here are the photos from the finalists and eventual winner, @mikfish.


Grand prize winner @mikfish. We chose this photo not for what it shows, but for what it hides. Submerged below the waterline is Hetch Hetchy Valley a place described by John Muir as "one of nature's rarest and most precious mountain temples." The valley can be restored to its former grandeur if O'Shaughnessy Dam is removed, and our friends at Restore Hetch Hetchy are working to make it happen. Please join them.


Finalist @amylee1837.


Finalist @lauragus.


Finalist @brysonmalone.


Finalist @radalie.


You can browse all of the entries at

To our international readers, the DamNation crew is currently working on the international release of the film. Follow DamNation on Facebook or Twitter for updates, and thanks for your patience.       


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
2014 Bike to Work Week Recap
Written By: Patagonia


Reno Recap

By Gavin Back

The numbers are in from Patagonia’s Bike to Work Week and this was the Reno DC’s best year yet!

We had a total of 118 people riding for a total of 4,550 miles ridden. This means a total of $4,550 donated to an awesome local non-profit, the Kiwanis Club. Kiwanis seeks to promote cycling and bike safety, and distributes bikes to children in the Reno area. We would like to thank the members of Kiwanis who took time to visit the Reno DC prior to Bike to Work Week and helped Casey and Eric tune our bikes. All four of you did a great job keeping us safe on the road—thank you.

Despite bragging being somewhat gauche: Ventura, you guys need to step it up!

To put the efforts of the Reno riders into perspective, consider that there are roughly four times more Patagonia employees in Ventura than Reno yet we cycled a little over three times as many miles. And distance to work is no defense, Reno riders averaged twice as many miles as Ventura, with at least two people in Reno cycling over 30 miles per day. The daily Bike Bus, organized by Brenden, provided newer cyclists a fun environment to commute with more experienced cyclists, and be shown quick, safe and attractive routes to work.

Ventura, the Reno DC B2WW committee hereby formally challenges you all to “bring it on” next year. The more you ride, the more your environment benefits, the more money your local bike non-profit receives and the less embarrassing the Cleanest Line blog posts!

Below is a video summery of our week and photos of our prize winners. We had a lot of fun between breakfasts provided by different departments, swag for riders and the 2nd Annual Fix-a-Flat race hosted by Celia Johnson and won by Chad Swanson. One of the highlights of the week was Dan Malloy’s visit to the Reno DC and the presentation of his movie, Slow is Fast. If you haven’t seen it yet, everyone here highly recommends watching it.

The week was wrapped up with a big party and a Pirate Relay Race, and in true pirate fashion there was rum, chaos and blood! The winning teams were Ashley, Eric and Adam in first place; Sarah, Jenna and Ethel in second place; and Kamil, Ray and Jaimie in third place. We were entertained by the DC’s own bluegrass band, Goathead Revival—surely a reference to the devilish thorns that are the bane of Reno cyclists.




We had a huge array of raffle prizes, too many to list the individual winners, but we would like to extend a huge thank you to all our sponsors:

Nite Rider
Reno Aces
Klean Kanteen
Juniper Ridge
Amazing Grass
Honey Stinger
Planet Bike








We had two grand prizes of bikes donated by Kiwanis and Velo Reno. To qualify, riders had to ride to work every day during bike to work week. The winner of the beautifully restored cruiser bike donated by Kiwanis was Chelsea Sauls in the repairs department, and the winner of the fantastic Giant Escape City commuter bike donated by Velo Reno was Erik Krahn in customer service. We had a fantastic turnout so competition for the bikes was high! We would like to extend a massive thank you to Kiwanis and Velo Reno for their generous help and support.




Please enjoy the video put together by Tyler...

If you want to check out more or Tyler’s images, check out his personal blog:

We look forward to next year’s event, and as Chris Miles of Goathead Revival fame said: “If you can ride all week, you can ride all summer.”




Retail Recap

By Cory Gould

Top left: Gang from Washington, DC. Middle left: Chillin’ in Toronto. Bottom left: Hands up in Ventura. Top right: Sunshine in Haleiwa. Bottom right: Doubling in Cardiff.


Another Bike to Work Week for Patagonia has come and gone, but many of us who work in the retail stores continue to enjoy our human-powered modes of transportation long after this week of celebration ends. We bike, we walk, we run, we board or blade—some of us all year round—because we crave to be outside and love the lifestyle.


Top left: The Ventura crew enjoying their rides. Top right: The crew at Santa Cruz showing off their wheels. Bottom: Santa Monica crew just chillin'.


It has been another successful year as we pulled in a total of 8,218 miles for the retail stores. As part of our commitment to community engagement and environmental activism, all those miles spent pedaling our bikes through traffic, walking the streets or rolling down the beachfront, add up to $13,618 of grant money to local cycling groups.


Top left: Santa Monica Spoke. Top right: Bike Utah. Middle left: Community Cycles Boulder. Middle right: Austin B-Cycle. Bottom: Cycle on Hawaii.


With many of the cities we work in participating in their own bike month or bike to work days, it seems as though the momentum is making a shift towards more livable communities. We need to continue to support these cycling advocacy groups in order to keep this momentum going.

We are very grateful that we work for a company that supports the development of a cycling culture within its stores and promotes the use of human-powered transportation in various ways.

A few shoutouts to Freeport for cruising to a total of 1,260 miles for the week and to SoHo, Toronto and Bowery stores for 100% participation!


Cruising to the Bowery store.

Lastly, a big thanks to the BTWW committee and all the point people who made this year great! Keep riding, keep cruising and enjoy every moment.




Ventura Recap

By Paul Hendricks


B2WW 2014 was another great one in Ventura. The bike racks were full and the parking lot had plenty of open spaces throughout the week. This year, the riders at the Ventura HQ biked 1,434 miles. Despite not beating our very collegial and gracious colleagues up in Reno, this was a 36% increase from last year, so we’ll take it.

We had a number of great events on campus that inspired more sustainable commuting and rewarded those who put some pedal power to their commute. Each day, local vendors (and the accounting department who always comes through) provided breakfast for the riders. Thanks to Patagonia Provisions, Citizen Juice, Justin’s Peanut Butter, Sambazon, and Kate’s Breads for providing great eats all week.

The B2WW Committee stepped it up a notch this year and planned great events throughout the week including beer and movies (The Road to Karakol and Fixation), a Bike Swap, a fiesta capped with taquitos and cerveza from Kona Brewing Company, a critical mass ride for fish tacos on the pier, and mimosas and baked goods (apparently we took the “B” in B2WW to mean both bike and beer). We also have to send a huge thanks to our friends at the local Trek shop who put in LONG hours tuning up all of our bikes for free.


Critical Mass Ride

It also wouldn’t be B2WW in Ventura without our child development center decorating campus and showing us all how fun it can be to ride your bike.


Bike Wash


Free Ride

While riders were stoked out with free swag for riding in all week, the big winner was our local bike advocacy group, VCCOOL, who received $1 for each mile we rode throughout the work. Thanks to VCCOOL for all the great work you do making biking more accessible and safe in the area.

A big shout out goes to our B2WW Committee for knocking it out of the park this year:

Allison Allen
Amanda Russell
Ben Galphin
Chipper Bro
Chris Kaiser
Corey Simpson
Courtney Merrit
Lane Bussa
Lindsey Kern
Marcela Riojas
Matt Dwyer
Ryan Thompson
Tracy On

And, a special shout out goes to our rock star rider, Bug, who rode 30 miles every day!

B2WW Sign


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Solutions Series, Part 5: Taking Action
Written By: Patagonia

By Annie Leonard


In my last essay, I talked about an updated vision of environmental changemaking, one that recognizes that many businesses are potential allies in the transformation to a responsible sustainable economy. Not all businesses, mind you, but a good number really do want clean energy, safe products, and decently paid workers. This time, we’ll talk about what we can all do to scale up these kinds of solutions, whether we work within a business or we use its products and services.

When I talk to all kinds of people working to make today’s companies more sustainable, often they’re focused on getting the public to change their shopping habits. If people refuse to buy toxic junk, the thinking goes, companies won’t make it anymore. The theory here is that consumers control the manufacturers and we can change business-as-usual just by shopping differently because companies are just making what people demand.

Baloney. What mom is demanding her kids’ pajamas be pre-treated with neurotoxic flame retardants? Who’s asking for sunscreen with carcinogens? Before Apple spent billions advertising iPhones, who felt the need to buy a new phone every six months? Are any of these production decisions really driven by consumer demand? The real drivers behind toxic-containing or unsustainable production are out-of-date regulations and skewed economic rules that make it cheaper and more profitable—and thus more attractive in the short term—to make unhealthy and unsustainable stuff.

Of course, to truly ensure that businesses are a source of solutions rather than pollution, we need to engage not just businesses but government legislators and regulators too. They are the ones able to change today’s rules which support unsustainable products, level the playing field and open the floodgates for sustainable innovation in businesses. In my next set of essays, I’ll share some thoughts and action ideas to make our government step up and support a responsible, healthy and fair economy, but for now, let’s get back to building solutions in businesses.

Whether you work in a business, or just use its services and products, there are many ways to help advance solutions.

Making change from within a business:

  • Walk the talk. Make sure your operations are powered by renewable energy, your buildings use green materials, your workers are paid a living wage, and the goods or services you sell are safe, sustainable, healthy and easy to upgrade, repair and recycle or compost at the end of their lives. Then look at your supply chain. Where do your raw materials come from? Are the workers and communities at the source treated fairly? If not, figure out how to change things.
  • Do your homework. It may be a challenge to figure out if your business or suppliers are on the path to sustainability. Don’t worry—there are lots of resources available to help you grade your efforts and raise the bar. The Healthy Buildings Network will help you make the best decisions about your operations and facilities. The Biz-NGO Working Group will help you find substitutes for hazardous chemicals and products. The Sustainable Apparel Coalition is made up of hundreds of clothing companies working to better understand and lessen the impacts of their supply chains.
  • Join the movement for solutions. Just as in citizen movements, the voices of business advocates for sustainability are louder when joined together. Join the American Sustainable Business Council, a national partnership representing thousands of businesses whose leaders want a better future. Likewise, bow out of business associations, like the U.S. Chamber of Commerce or the American Legislative Exchange Council, that are obstructing the solutions to the climate crisis, inequality and other problems.  

Making change from outside a business:

What about the other side of the cash register? Customers can promote solutions in businesses with a carrot or a stick. Which is most effective depends largely on the businesses—some respond to carrots, others to sticks. Take the approach most likely to bring the most change.

  • The carrot: We should reward enterprises that are environmental and social leaders not only with our business but also our recognition. Whether it’s a restaurant, hotel, clothing company or any business, sending a tweet, email or letter thanking them for reducing energy use, eliminating excess packaging, replacing toxic chemicals or paying workers fairly will help the company leaders see that their policies are appreciated and good for business. Some folks who want to reinforce good corporate behavior are joining forces to amplify their impact. Check out Carrotmob, which mobilizes people to support businesses implementing something the members care about, like switching to renewable energy. Just be careful: A lot of companies announce green initiatives but don’t follow through on them. Don’t be fooled by greenwashing. (See to learn more.)
  • The stick: Sometimes companies don’t respond to polite requests, customer calls for greener products or even scientific evidence of the harm their products or operations cause. Then we have to get tough. Many activist organizations today are skilled at market campaigns that push businesses to improve practices right away, even while working for government to pass legislation requiring the change. Rainforest Action Network campaigns get companies to protect forests and use clean energy. Safe Markets is a coalition of environmental and health groups that work to shift businesses away from hazardous chemicals and towards safer ones. Corporate Accountability International campaigns to pressure corporations on a range of issues, from selling tobacco to privatizing public water systems.

Too many modern corporations see their responsibility as limited to returning the highest possible profits to their shareholders. And too many of their customers feel like there is nothing they can do to influence corporate behavior except change how we shop. Both views are short-sighted. What we need are corporate leaders who will use their resources to seek solutions to the problems plaguing the planet, and citizens who will come together to not only condemn bad-actor companies but also recognize the ones who are doing the right thing while working together to change the rules so that the most sustainable and fairer options become the new business-as-usual.

Annie Leonard is the founder of the The Story of Stuff Project and the new executive director of Greenpeace USA. She has dedicated nearly two decades of her life to investigating and reporting on environmental health and justice issues. Her podcast, The Good Stuff, features interviews with inspiring activists, entrepreneurs, scientists and others who’ve succeeded in making change.

Read the entire Solutions series:
Solutions Series, Part 1: Babies in the River
Solutions Series, Part 2: Solutions in Our Communities
Solutions Series, Part 3: Dive In
Solutions Series, Part 4: Solutions in Business
Solutions Series, Part 5: Taking Action
Solutions Series, Part 6: coming soon


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Thai Boxing
Written By: Patagonia

By Sean Villanueva O’Driscoll


“Climb it for me!” he yelled as I walked out of the hospital room.

I gladly would if I could, I thought to myself, but this one might just be too hard. I can’t make any promises.

A few days earlier, after a nice enjoyable day of climbing, we were heading back to my friend Sasha’s house to cook up some grub. He was on his motorbike, I was driving his van. Life was sweet. In a split second everything changed. An old man came out from a side road and didn’t see the motorbike coming.

We had some good adventures lined up for the week, but now Sasha was going to spend the next few months without the use of his arms and left leg. Despite this huge setback it was inspiring to see his conviction to fight his way back to good health—a true warrior.

While he sat in a hospital bed, I was going back for a Thai Boxing match in which I had been knocked out the day before.

Above: Ready? Fight! Sean goes toe-to-stone with Thai Boxing. All photos: Colette McInerney

The notorious offwidth Thai Boxing in Buet, near Chamonix, looks easy enough from the ground. It’s such an obvious feature: a wide, slanting, slightly overhanging crack, too wide to jam a fist but not wide enough to get your hips in and climb it as a squeeze chimney. Offwidth climbing requires a specific arsenal of techniques and its own type of physical effort. Thai Boxing is considered to be one of the hardest offwidths in Europe.

The first time I tried it I couldn’t move my body upward no matter how hard I tried. I was slammed into the ropes, knocked to the canvas. I returned to the ground without even reaching the anchor, my ego crushed. I love these sorts of setbacks. They’re humbling; they put me right back to square one; they expand my reference point; they force me to open up, to be a beginner again. Even my climbing partner for the day and good friend, Mason Earl, who has a good bit more offwidth experience than I do—and from whom, in the past, I had already learned an awful lot about offwidth climbing—even he received a proper beating on his first go.






The route was first climbed by American offwidth specialist Craig Lueben, inventor of the Big Bro expanding chock cube for protecting wide cracks. He rated it 5.12c (French 7b+). Then it was repeated by strong British climber Stevie Haston who says he finds it harder than the bolted 8a on the same crag.

A few years later, some French locals, who thought it had never been climbed, bolted it, and a French grade up to 8b+ (5.14a) was mentioned. “I can only imagine the insane gastoning that must be going on,” Craig Lueben stated in an interview. It’s hard to speak Chinese when you don’t know any Chinese words.

In 2010, offwidth maestros Pete Whittaker and Tom Randall repeated the route on gear, and chopped the bolts bringing it back to its original grandeur. They say it might be harder than the reference route, Belly Full of Bad Berries (5.13a), in Indian Creek. Numbers are only numbers.

Eighteen-year-old French sport climber Enzo Oddo did an impressive ascent of the route in 2013, climbing it on his second go! Well, this is coming from a kid who climbed Biographie (9a+) when he was 15. But offwidth climbing is so different from sport climbing, this just shows how well rounded he is. On his first try, he quickly noticed that he wasn’t wearing the right shoes for this sort of jamming. So he lowered down, got straight back on with a different pair of shoes, and sent!

When I returned for my rematch, I was willing to learn but prepared to accept another beating. The first few attempts I didn’t feel much. I wasn’t making any progress and my whole body felt like jelly. Then I thought of my pal who was suffering in pain. He had a bad reaction to the medication and could no longer take any morphine.

What a total shit situation! In a split second it could happen to any of us. These sorts of misfortunes really make me realize how fortunate we are to be in good health, and the importance of enjoying every moment and to love life.




So I gave Thai Boxing one last try. Dodgy double fists, insecure chicken wings, and assertive knee scums slowly saw me moving upwards. There were a few moments I felt I was slipping out, but with encouragement from my good friend Mike who was belaying me, my mind stayed strong and did not let go. The impassable section of rock became a challenge to find solutions. I took my time, measuring my effort and keeping my mind open. It was a half-an-hour battle but I managed to get to the top! As I clipped the anchor I felt both nauseous and happy. What an awesome route!

I wish my friend strength, courage and a speedy and full recovery!


Sean Villanueva O’Driscoll believes he didn’t choose to climb, climbing chose him. His first expedition to Patagonia was a turning point in his life because he felt utterly connected with the forces of nature and the adventure of just being alive. Climbing teaches Sean to live life to the fullest and that he can do whatever he wants if he puts his mind to it. 

For more, check out some of our previous posts featuring Sean: Jungle JammingGreenland Vertical SailingBaffin Island and Patagonia.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Patagonia’s Plastic Packaging – A study on the challenges of garment delivery
Written By: Patagonia

By Nellie Cohen & Elissa Loughman


Patagonia’s finished goods factories package each individual product we make in a polybag. Some of our direct customers (people who order from our catalog or have expressed disappointment in the amount of waste generated by polybags. This customer feedback inspired us to investigate ways to reduce the amount of plastic waste generated from Patagonia’s product packaging.

Editor’s note: The tone of today’s post is a bit formal due to its origins as an internal case study. It’s a good look into the workings of our company and the challenging decisions we’re faced with as we try to balance customer satisfaction with environmental impact.

In order to evaluate how Patagonia can reduce plastic in our supply chain we conducted several tests at our Distribution Center (DC) and surveyed our customers. Through this study, we determined that polybags are critical to insuring that garments stay clean from the finished goods factory through the DC. If we eliminated the use of polybags, garments would be damaged, resulting in both financial and environmental costs. Energy, water and resources are used to make each product and we want them to be worn. A damaged product that is unwearable has a far greater environmental cost than manufacturing a polybag.

We invite you to read on to see our progress in examining this area of our distribution process and how we’re working through potential ways to lessen our impact going forward, while making sure our products reach you undamaged.

Above: A look inside the Patagonia DC in Reno, Nevada. Products are picked in the warehouse, sent to packing stations and then to outbound mail via conveyor belts. This system allows us to ship packages with the greatest efficiency, especially during busy periods like sales and holidays. All photos: Nellie Cohen



Each Patagonia product we sell is packaged in a polybag at the finished goods factory and arrives at our DC in cartons. The boxes that arrive from the factories are often broken, torn, or open upon arrival. This exposes finished products to dirt, moisture and damage.

The polybag protects the product from becoming dirty or damaged at the factory, during transit to the DC and while the product is stored, processed and packed at the DC. Additionally, the polybags keep stored products clean in the wholesale and retail environments.

It is essential for the product to remain protected in each of these supply chain steps. Currently, Patagonia does not have specific requirements for the size and type of polybags used by our finished goods factories and the polybags in use do not contain recycled content. Despite the functionality of polybags, they are perceived as waste by many customers and employees.


Shipping journeys can be perilous.


Polybags protect our products even if the box is damaged in transit.



Summary of Objectives & Results

Objective: Determine if it is possible to completely eliminate the use of polybags without incurring damage to products that would make them unsellable.

Result: Products were damaged when they were run through the shipping system in Reno without a polybag. In our experiments, about 30% of garments that went through the system without polybags were damaged beyond the point of being sellable. This indicated that it is not possible to process products in the Reno DC without polybags.


Test: We ran 40 unbagged, tied products through the Reno picking system in order to measure the damage incurred. All of the products were returns from the retail stores in pristine condition with hang tags attached. We folded and tied each of the 40 products with paper ribbon and placed the pick labels on both the product and the hang tag to determine where it was most effective.


Taking the ride.


17 of 40 products (42.5%) fell out of the tie by the time they arrived at the packing station.


12 of 40 products (30%) showed visible signs of damage and dirt by the time they reached the packing station.


We also found the placement of the pick label to be a challenge. We placed the pick labels on both the product and the hang tag to determine where it was most effective. The pick label did not stick to 12 of the 40 materials. In a real product order, the pick label cannot be placed on the hang tag because it will cover up the bar code for the product that must also be scanned in the outbound product packing process.



Objective: Determine if paper mailers are effective shipping containers in order to eliminate the use of plastic mailers.

Our current plastic mailers are made of 40% post-consumer waste (PCW) content and were down-gauged from 3.5 to 2.5 millimeters which reduced our plastic use by 30%. Our mailer bags are recyclable, but usually must be taken to specific receptacles for plastic film recycling, such as those located in grocery stores.

Result: Both brands of paper mailers we tried suffered considerable damage prior to leaving Reno. Damage included separated seams and tearing, and mailing labels peeled off several orders.


Test: In an effort to find a way to eliminate plastic in our mailing containers we selected two brands of paper mailers to test. 


Both options were 100% paper, did not contain any plastic or fiberglass inner structure, were lightweight to minimize shipping costs and would be completely recyclable in common curbside recycling systems.


We used three sizes of each brand in our tests. We documented the journey of the paper mailers through the Reno system from packing station to their exit and respective mail carriers.


We encountered problems with these bags before they left the DC.


A hole like this could soil an unbagged garment during shipping. 



Objective: Determine if it is possible for the Reno DC to remove polybags before shipping customer orders without damaging products. This will enable Patagonia to retain and recycle more plastic bags.

Result: It is possible to remove polybags before shipping customer orders, but it takes time to remove each polybag. When we extrapolated this time across an entire calendar year we estimated that it will take an additional 5,555 hours of work per year in labor to unbag every product we send.


Removing the bag and refolding the garment at the shipping station.



Objective: Survey our customers to determine if they prefer to receive products in polybags or if they prefer to receive products that aren’t packaged in polybags.

Result: Only 22% of our customers viewed our packaging as environmentally friendly, we did however, see a 14% increase in customer satisfaction when we used paper mailers and removed polybags. The general trends that emerged from both surveys were (1) our current packaging is very effective with 99% of garments arriving in perfect condition (2) people try to recycle or reuse our packaging (3) customers are unclear if the packaging is recyclable and (4) they want to recycle our packaging.





Objective: Quantify the amount of additional polybags that can be recycled if products are shipped to customers without polybags.

Result: An estimated 50,000 pounds of plastic can be retained in Reno each year. If we are able to decrease the size of our polybags (see next Objective), the quantity of plastic will decrease.





Objective: Investigate how Patagonia can reduce the amount of plastic it currently uses in packaging products.

Result: Folding products into smaller shapes would enable us to reduce the size of the polybag required for each product. Initial work shows that this can result in nearly a 50% reduction in plastic weight on a per product level.






As you can see, there are several ways we might reduce plastic waste within our system in the future. We're currently looking into the feasibility of implementing these recommendations, and we're always searching for new alternatives. We know some companies out there have found solutions that work for their unique distribution systems, all with varying sizes and complexities—prAna being a good example—and we’re also looking to learn from them. We’ll keep you posted on our progress. 

1. Continue to use polybags at the factory level. We found that polybags are an effective barrier to damage that can occur during shipping and while going through the Reno picking system. A damaged product that is unwearable has a far greater environmental cost than manufacturing a polybag.

2. Reduce the size of polybags used. Many of our products are packaged in polybags that are far larger than the product. We recommend implementing packaging and folding guidelines at the finished goods factory level that require a reduction in the size of polybags.

3. Do not use paper mailers. We found that the two types of paper mailers we tested were barely strong enough to survive the journey through the DC. We expect that they will not consistently reach customers unharmed.

4. Continue to recycle all polybags collected in the DC. Baling the polybags that are collected in Reno is key to minimizing the waste we produce.

5. Educate our customers. The survey responses inspired an unexpected recommendation which is to provide our customers with more information about how to recycle their packaging.

6. Source recycled polybags. By using recycled polybags we can reduce the amount of virgin petroleum we use in our packaging. We have started investigating the potential to source recycled polybags.

7. Increase polybag recycling at wholesale dealers. We have a tremendous opportunity to reduce the amount of plastic that ends up as waste by working with our wholesale dealers to ensure that polybags are recycled.



Nice study, but how do I recycle the polybag that protected my Patagonia fleece?

Customers who don't have curbside options for recycling polybags are welcome to do the following.

1. Mail them back to us for recycling:

Patagonia Service Center
ATTN: Common Threads Recycling Program
8550 White Fir Street
Reno, NV 89523-8939

2. Drop them off at the Patagonia Retail Store nearest you—ideally, while you're running other errands, to reduce environmental impact.

Both of these options apply to Patagonia garment recycling as well.

3. Many grocery stores take back plastic bags and the bags we use can be recycled in a grocery store recycling stream. Follow this link and enter your zip code to find a plastic bag recycling location near you.    


Thanks to everyone at the DC for accommodating us while we performed these tests. 


Nellie Cohen is Product Responsibility Analyst and Elissa Loughman is Manager of Product Responsibility for Patagonia. They work on special projects related to Corporate Responsibility and Environmental Assessment


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Stepping from Sand to Pavement – San Sebastián Surfilm Festibal 2014
Written By: Patagonia

By Tom Doidge-Harrison


Travel in all its various guises is at the heart of surfing, so it was appropriate that there was a little of it involved for most of the people—Patagonia or otherwise—at this year’s Surfilm Festibal in San Sebastián, Spain.

They say that change is good and that exploring new places nourishes the soul, but Nora, my three-year-old daughter wasn’t letting on if it did. Changing time zones with a small child is a test of a parent’s reserves of patience. From her perspective, though, once we were in country and with day time operations revolving around Patagonia’s San Sebastián surf store—a casual glance away from the acres of white sand that make up La Playa de Zuriola—she’d died and gone to bucket and spade excavation heaven. Happy child, happy parents, happy days.

[The author chats with Otto Flores after a morning surf, just out the door from Patagonia San Sebastián. Later, customers were invited to make their own handplanes with the tools in the foreground. Photo: Mat. Turries /]

City beaches are amazing things and I’ve never really gotten used to them. San Sebastián has two, although from a surfer’s perspective, only one of them really counts. It also clearly counts for the ten thousand odd people that flocked to its softly sloping sands and cooling mid-morning sea breezes each day—Ipanema without the highrise, or the close-outs for that matter. A mere glimpse of the old familiar solitude was possible, even in this metropolis.

There was a small pulse in the interval during our stay and I levered myself out of the bed at 6 a.m. in the half-light and crept to the seawall. Not a soul in the water, just a single prospector leashing up on the sand and head-high lefts running fast and crisp into the rip at the east end of the beach. One was all I needed, which was lucky because each minute brought another head to the line-up. It is odd how both extreme solitude and the opposite, found here, can make you feel a little lost. Lost in space or lost in numbers—or maybe the opposite, depending on how your day is going.


Tom_photo 1
Zuriola, looking west. Photo: Tom Doidge-Harrison


Zuriola, looking east. Photo: Mat. Turries /


Tom_photo 3
Headed home with Léa Brassy. Photo: Tom Doidge-Harrison

Something to make you feel found, though, are familiar smiling faces and one of the real pleasures of making it down to the Basque Country was, for me, in the spreading of social wings. As a Patagonia ambassador living in Ireland I sometimes feel that I operate in some form of a vacuum. So it was a joy to meet some of the other faces that peer out from the website.

Léa Brassy appeared from the fog of bodies in the arrivals hall at Biarritz airport and packed us into her perfect little camper van. Casually getting to know each other as we buzzed south for the border, we realised we had unknowingly spent a summer surfing the same waves 13 years before in what is now my hometown. Somehow it didn’t feel that surprising!

Like us, Patch Wilson descended from the north, Kepa Acero from a couple of headlands along the coast. But the real miles were put in by Otto Flores whose Caribbean homeland lies well beyond the horizon. Other key players hopped down from the Alps and a handful crossed a continent and an ocean. A warm gathering of familiar names, if less than familiar faces, mixed and expertly blended by locals Arantxa, Gaizka and Sancho in a pool of old city streets, pinchos and Atlantic ‘olitas.


Léa Brassy introduces her film Catch It. Photo: @simplevoyage


Kepa Acero. Photo: Mat. Turries /


Alain Riou, Laurent Pujol and Patch Wilson during a training session for Patagonia's PSI Vest. Photo: ©Marc Gassó


Gonz_Talking inflation
Tom Doidge-Harrison and Patagonia's global surf director Jason McCaffrey talk about the PSI Vest. Photo: ©Marc Gassó

Presentation for Patagonia's new Yulex Wetsuits that are made from plant-based materials. Photo: Mat. Turries /


With all that going on, it was sometimes easy to forget what the main event really was: surfing and the issues surrounding it, on film, in the delicious velvety cool of a gracefully aging auditorium. From soft focus, close cropped, slow motion grace, to high energy mountains of water. Arctic to Equator. Novice to expert. Indignant to indulgent. The full spectrum laid out for all comers—a veritable marathon of input, yet to be distilled.

Being no expert at or on this stream of documentary, I had to revert to instinct and braille my way through. And, amusingly, where worlds collide there is often the odd spark, not in a bad way, just gentle reminders that we were stepping from the sand to the pavement. A polite gesture from the manicured host to the salty visitor indicating that steps are for stepping on, not sitting on! And damn, these people look clean. I wish I’d remembered to get those new shoes before coming down here…


San Sebastián street view. Photo: Mat. Turries /
Crowd waits to enter the theater. Photo: ©Marc Gassó
Photo: ©Marc Gassó


Photo: ©Marc Gassó
Yulex wetsuit display inside the theater. Photo: ©Marc Gassó


Kepa Acero looks on. Photo: ©Marc Gassó


Fesitval trailer video from Surfilmfestibal


Festival recap video from NORDICSURFERSMAG.SE


Kepa Acero's film My Best Surf Session Ever was shown at the festival.


Thundercloud from onepalmMEDIA was another film shown at the festival.


That’s it. That’s why it is fun to get away. To look, listen and maybe learn. Absorb by osmosis and come away with a little more than you left home with. To be inspired, even if it is by something as simple as the wet footprints left by a surfer padding home on the still warm flagstones of a city street well after sunset.

Big thanks to Gabe and Lauren Davies and the rest of the Patagonia boys and girls for making a great event a memorable one.


Tom Doidge-Harrison lives on the western shores of Ireland, where he shares a small cottage with his family, charges barrels and shapes custom sleds for County Clare’s magical string of coldwater slabs.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
My Best Surf Session
Written By: Patagonia

By Laurel Winterborne

Cheering friends on

Head-high peaks stacked in perfect rows, warm clear water, and glassy surface conditions were not the reasons for the best surf session of my life. Sometimes it’s about more than that. If you were asked to describe your most memorable surf session, what would you say? Would you scroll through your memories of surf trips to the South Pacific, or an epic day at your home break with no one out except you and the dolphins? That’s what would have come to mind before my experience with the athletes from the High Fives Foundation.

While surfing with this crew of hilarious, inspiring, adventurous folks, I found new meaning to surfing and, more importantly, the contagious element of positivity. The High Fives Foundation is a non-profit group, based in Truckee, California, that supports the recovery of severely injured athletes and helps get them into adaptive sports. I was lucky enough to join the group on a surf trip to San Onofre, California. This is where the adventure began and my life changed. It’s a beautiful thing when something that you love and are passionate about opens your eyes a little wider and forces you to reevaluate your perspective.

[Above: Cheering on friends. All photos: Trevor Clark]

Being in the ocean, feeling the cool saltwater on your skin, the waves tumbling over your board and body, the rush of water under you, propelling you forward as you glide down the face—there’s nothing like surfing. This is where we find our flow and something magical happens. Sharing the experience and connection with this amazing crew of guys (and girl, Taylor Fiddymont) filled my soul. Their eyes lit up with excitement and the connection between the athlete, the board and the water was immediate.

Almost all of the High Fives crew had experienced some sort of traumatic injury that left them paralyzed or with little lower body strength. Most had never surfed before, but all of them were incredibly psyched. Despite their injuries they caught more waves than most of the people in the water, had the best attitude, and had more fun than anyone else. Their positivity was contagious and my experience riding waves with them was unlike any surf session I’ve ever had.


Getting ready
Getting ready. Photos: Trevor Clark 


Taylor fist bump
Taylor gets a fist bump.


Landon ready for takeoff
Landon ready for takeoff. 


Board header on entry
Just getting out is half the fun.


Imagine sitting on a 10-foot wave ski with shorebreak pounding on the beach. Your board gets flipped at least once or twice, and you take a couple board headers before getting buckled into the seat and paddling furiously past the pounding inside waves. It’s your first time surfing. In fact, you’ve never even been in the ocean. Your athleticism and survival instincts are all you have as you paddle as fast as you can to make it over a set wave that looks like it might crash right on top of you.

Once you make it through the surf, you sit, looking at your buddies next to you with huge smiles on their faces. You see some peaks lining up in the distance and turn around to paddle your ass off. As the swell rolls underneath, the surge of energy takes you in one swift motion and you feel the power of the wave connect with the board as you glide down the face. “Wooohoooo!” The adrenaline pumps and your cheeks hurt from the huge smile that’s stretching from ear to ear smile. As the wave tails off you take a deep sigh, turn and paddle back out, your friends offering high fives as you paddle by.


Roy here comes a set
Roy spots a set wave. Photos: Trevor Clark


Roy surfing
Roy draws a good line. 


Landon charging
Landon drops in. 


Taylor coming in after shredding
Taylor full of stoke. 


Sunset departure
Still time for a few more. 


What's a good surf story without some wipeouts? Video: Shreddy Times


I think back to all the frustrating surf sessions in my life where the waves were too crowded, or I missed a peeling left or fell on the perfect wave. I think about all the times I’ve heard people argue, slap the water with anger and paddle furiously around with an irritated look on their face. What excuses do we have to act so immature and irrationally? The High Fives crew got hammered by six-foot sets. They were thrown off their boards into the churning ocean. Rip currents pulled against them as they frantically paddled, yet the smiles never left their faces.

Best surf session ever.


Laurel Winterborne is a freelance writer and producer at Trevor Clark Photography, and a former Patagonia Pro Sales employee. "When I felt myself becoming too comfortable in my office chair, knowing exactly where my path would lead me in 30 years, I decided to shake it up, take a leap and see where I landed." You can read Laurel's previous posts on The Cleanest Line here.  


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: Widge
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall


“It’s like you’re scared to move forward—you just need something to give you a little nudge,” says Jonah Manning. “You can call it support, but, really it’s just like a little bit of a shove forward. And I’ll never forget it, because Widge was certainly that for me.”

Today we bring you the story of Widge, the ultimate adventure partner. Sometimes when that metaphorical door of adventure opens, you need someone to walk through by your side.


Listen to "Widge" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
My New Travel Companion
Written By: Patagonia

By Lydia Zamorano


I've found my favorite yoga and bodywork prop. Not only is it made of wood, but it's perfectly portable, fits into the side of any backpack or duffel bag, and takes up next to no space in a van.

It works kind of like other massage canes would (but it's not plastic, is way cheaper, and you can make it yourself), and a bit like a foam roller (but it's not foam and I lie on it instead of roll on it). I use it to apply deep pressure to sticky, stuck and tight places in my body. It's also great for supporting the spine or joints in different yoga positions, like a mini yoga block. Once the hips are quite open, it also gives just enough height to become a support for sitting meditation—placed just behind the sitting bones.

[Above: Mid-back (rhomboid) release. All photos Lydia Zamorano Collection]

It costs less than $10 to make. I just get wooden doweling, cut it to about three feet long, router the edges, sand it, and apply a good stain or clear coat if i want it to be smoother.

Lots of yoga props these days are expensive, cumbersome and contain polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Although people are catching on to how gross PVC is, it's still around. PVC contains all sorts of nastiness like lead and phthalates. Phthalates (sometimes added to make the plastic more flexible) are linked to liver and kidney disease. PVC is also carcinogenic to make, and hard to recycle. It pollutes air and water when disposed of, and it's double as nasty when it's incinerated and released into the air—not to mention if it sets on fire it becomes hydrochloric acid.

I'm not the first one to be pleased with the versatility and simplicity of a wooden stick for self massage. Similar tools have been used for hundreds of years in China (traditional chinese medicine uses bamboo) and Mongolia to open up the body. In ancient Mongolia, there were warriors known as the "purified bodies," who would work into their muscles (and those of their horses) with a specially shaped tool made of bone, ivory or wood called a Ka. It was like a deep-tissue massage, which is pretty much how I use the wooden dowel.

So, I love this prop. It's simple and portable and friendly. I often organize a whole home practice around it. I use it in my restorative classes. And I always pack it in my bag when we hit the road. Here's how you can integrate it into your practice as a pressurizing tool to open and rehydrate tight muscles and connective tissue.


Dowel Workshop wtih Lydia

Do: Find your trigger points and stay for 90 seconds or more. Work up to three minutes.

Don't: Use too much pressure. It immobilizes the tissue and puts the body into protective mode.

Do: Wait till you feel softening, releasing and increased liquidity (gel to liquid).

Don't: Go to the place where your jaw, diaphragm or bum muscles tighten. Approximate pressure should be like sinking hands into clay. Put a blanket over the dowel if you need to.


Opening the feet (plantar fascia). Use the dowel up the arches of the feet.


Calf and achilles release. Use the dowel from the back of the knee joint to the top of the achilles.


Hamstring opener (lean side to side). Use the dowel just in front of the sitting bones, to the base of the hamstrings. (Seven months pregnant in these images!)


Lateral leg (iliotibial) release. Use the dowel from the top of the lateral thigh to just above the knee joint.


Inner thigh (adductor) release with block and bolster. Use the dowel from the upper inner thigh to just above the knee joint. Can be done without block or bolster too.


Front of thigh (quadriceps) release with block and bolster. Use the dowel from the top of the thigh to just above the knee joint. Can be done without block or bolster too.


Bum and outer hip (gluteus) release. Use the dowel about mid sacrum and roll your legs into windshield wipers.


Erector spinae release. Place dowel on the side of the spine and roll up and down on it in sequential order.


Mid thoracic release. Place dowel at mid rib cage and open arms overhead with bent elbows.


Mid-back (rhomboid) release. Place dowel in between shoulder blade and spine. Hug your outer shoulders.


Outer upper arm (deltoid) release. Place dowel on upper arm below shoulder head. Lean the weight of your skull onto your arm.


Armpit freedom (pectoral release). Place dowel about one inch below your outer collarbone. You’ll find a tender spot that will form a depression when you lean your weight onto the dowel. Pull your elbow out to the side.


Upper neck and skull release (occipital muscles). Hold dowel with both hands and place it under the base of your skull and upper neck. Roll your head side to side gently.


Trotters 2_2 

Lydia Zamorano is a dedicated and joyous yogi from Alberta, Canada. She has been sharing yoga for the past 12 years and has over 1,200 hours of advanced teacher training. After co-owning a studio for four years, she now puts her energy into organizing workshops and retreats. Lydia and her husband, Sonnie, recently welcomed their first child into the world. Photo: Sonnie Trotter

This post originally appeared on Yoga With Lydia. For more on yoga and travel, check out Lydia's previous Cleanest Line post, "Van Yoga."  


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Why Bike to Work?
Written By: Patagonia

By Gavin Back, video by Tyler Keck

Every year, Patagonia employees actively celebrate our own version of Bike to Work Week a few weeks after the national event. The Reno distribution center has a dedicated core of riders who regularly choose to cycle to work instead of burning gas. To kick off the 2014 Bike to Work Week festivities, we have a prepared a short video to acknowledge some of those regular riders, learn a little about why we prefer to cycle and inspire more people to get out of their cars and onto their bikes. Join us.

For more inspiration, check out our recap from last year's Bike to Work Week and our previous cycling posts.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Major Environmental Victory in Chile!
Written By: Patagonia


“Chile’s Committee of Ministers – the country’s highest administrative authority – has cancelled the environmental permits for the five-dam hydropower project, HidroAysén, effectively stopping the scheme that threatened the Baker and Pascua Rivers in Patagonia.” –Emily Jovais, International Rivers

This is an issue we've been involved with since 2007 and we couldn't be more thrilled. Check out International Rivers' blog for more on today's announcement. Congratulations to everyone who has worked hard on this victory, especially the Chilean people. The Baker and Pascua Rivers are running free!

[Above: May 19, 2011, Patagonia Headquarters, Ventura, California. In Chile and other Spanish-speaking countries they call it a cacerolazo – a stew-pot protest. Watch the video. Photo: Tim Davis]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
The Lost Dory – Traveling in Baja with my dad and his handmade boat
Written By: Patagonia

By Joe Curren


When I think of my dad, I think of roughing it in Baja and traveling up and down the peninsula in a rickety old VW Bug. For three straight years, between the ages of 13-15, my dad would pick me up in Santa Barbara and we’d make the 1,000-mile drive south to Cabo on Highway 1. We spent six weeks in summer and two weeks in winter mostly staying at my dad’s place on the East Cape, but we also camped, surfed, fished and dove along the way, and always with his handmade foam and fiberglass dory.

The trips are some of the best memories I have of my dad while growing up. Yes, we did rough it, but a bit of hardening was good for me. Traveling in Baja is a rite of passage for the Southern California surfer and getting dirty comes with the territory, especially once you venture south of Ensenada. Shipwrecks, Scorpion Bay, Seven Sisters; as a grom it was the waves that drew me in. Many hours, of course, were spent surfing. But my dad really made sure I experienced everything the land and water in Baja had to offer.

[Above: The first trip when I was 13. Many adventures lay ahead. Photo: Pat Curren]

With our surfboards tied down under the boat and our camping gear stashed in between, our pack jobs were quite an undertaking. The interior was stuffed to the gills as well. My dad figured out a way to customize a wood passenger seat that converted into a bed and, even with all our stuff, he could stretch out and sleep.

My dad has always been good with his hands, known for his beautifully sculptured redwood and balsa gun made specifically for Waimea Bay in the ’50s. Along with shaping boards, he’s worked as a surveyor, draftsman, a commercial diver, a finish carpenter and he has made a number of boats, including the 13-foot dory skiff perpetually strapped to our rig.

My parents split when I was seven. My dad moved to Pavones, Costa Rica, and then to Cabo when I was 11. Between Costa Rica and Cabo, he spent about a year in Carpinteria, California, building cabinets and doors for Frank Louda and Tom Jackson of Chismahoo Construction. During this time he also did some work on the America’s Cup catamaran, Stars and Stripes. This, along with the desire to get back south, led him (and old friend Alan Nelson) to build lightweight skiffs for Baja. (Coincidentally, my dad made two foam dories at this time, one commissioned by Jackson’s friend Yvon Chouinard, Patagonia founder/owner).


My dad at work on the dories, Carpinteria, California (note the well-worn Stand Up Shorts). The second boat was commissioned by Yvon Chouinard. Photo: Eda Rocky


Photo: Eda Rocky


Magdalena Bay, trolling for dinner. Photo: Joe Curren


The purpose of the dory was to catch fish. We’d troll with it, my dad always rowing, getting the boat up to a really nice glide. It wasn’t always easy—we caught a lot of fish, but lost a lot as well. I remember him saying one evening as we caught a fish right before dark in front of our camp, “Good, we can eat tonight.”

Diving, on the other hand, we’d always come away with something. In Cabo we dove every flat day. We only had Hawaiian slings, so spearing a yellowtail was a special occasion. It was mostly sierra and chino mero, and oysters—we shucked a lot of oysters. My dad even found a large teardrop-shaped pearl in one.

I got a glimpse of the lifestyle my dad experienced growing up in Southern California in the ’40s, and of his time living off the land and camping on the beach of the North Shore. He and the guys from his era weren’t just athletic surfers; they were all-around watermen. They were so confident in big surf from all the time spent diving. Living an ocean lifestyle—diving, fishing and boating—makes you more comfortable in the ocean and a more knowledgeable wave rider.

We had a lot of down time on these trips and I enjoyed listening to my dad tell stories about the old days. He tried to teach me practical things like how to tie a bowline—something he showed me numerous times—and then would laugh at me for always forgetting such a simple knot. I watched his morning ritual of hand-grinding coffee and using an old sock for a filter. On the days when not much was said, we read mountains of books. When my dad started reading, I had no choice but to bury my nose in anything available—sometimes it was a novella like Of Mice and Men, other times Don Quixote, unabridged. But it was another lifelong lesson gleaned from these trips—I learned to appreciate a good read.

We also had plenty of misadventures. Sleeping outside in northern Baja in sub-zero temps in a sub-par sleeping bag. A bad case of sunstroke in Scorpion Bay. White-knuckle driving with buses passing on blind corners, the hood of our car flying open as a semi-truck blew past, and a couple close calls on precipitous mountain roads.


Camping along the Sea of Cortez, near Bahía Concepción. Photo: Joe Curren


Game of horseshoes, near Seven Sisters. Photo: Curren Archive


My dad’s crafts, Pacific Coast. Photo: Joe Curren


Free-range burros, East Cape. Photo: Joe Curren


Pocket ride at Shipwrecks when I was 13. Photo: Curren Archive


The first bug, fully loaded. Photo: Joe Curren


The VW Bug with the custom passenger seat was otherwise stock—not a modified Baja Bug or anything like that. It was taken on some of the bumpiest washboard Baja could throw at it. At some point in the trip, the car made a loud noise and it wouldn’t go into gear. My dad didn’t know much about cars, but he could rebuild an old VW motor with ease, thanks to the indispensable How to Keep Your VW Alive: A Manual of Step-by-Step Procedures for the Compleat Idiot. Turns out, it was the linkage in the transmission box coming apart. He discovered that this only happened in first gear. If we started out in second there was no problem. This would work as long as we didn’t have to start on a hill. But numerous times he forgot and started out in first. This meant taking out all the gear, the seats and the floorboards and putting it on the side of the road while my dad tied the linkage back together with wire. On the way out of a camp spot in the Sea of Cortez, we had to be towed up a steep, dirt mountain road, since second gear wasn’t powerful enough. For a reason I don’t recall, I was at the wheel steering the Bug while staring down the side of a sheer cliff. At 13, it was my first time behind the wheel of a car and I was terrified.

Another close call was when I was 15 and my dad and I spent three weeks in Scorpion Bay. I surfed two to three times a day, almost every day. Our campsites were always bare bones. We had one small shade canopy, but never a tent. I always slept outside on my army-surplus cot. We got a lot of sun and I didn’t hydrate enough. I ended up with a bad case of sunstroke and dehydration and was laid up on my cot under the blazing sun. Two families from Carpinteria that I knew from surfing Rincon were camping next to us. I remember their campsite seemed so luxurious with snacks from home and AstroTurf to cut down on the dust. One time when I got sick, one of the wives gave me some Yoplait and I remembered it being one of the best things I’d ever eaten.

My fever wouldn’t break, so my dad thought it best I see a doctor. We headed out the west road for Loreto, the closest big town. At a fork in the road, we made the wrong choice and ended up on a road through the mountains that was made entirely of large boulders. It seemed like it hadn’t been driven on in decades, if ever. We made progress, albeit slowly. Once we got to the pass it was a struggle. We were in a newer edition Bug with bigger tires this time, but we couldn’t get up enough power to get over the top. Each time we failed to summit, we’d slide a little more backwards. My dad would rip the e-brake as we slid, but it seemed like we were getting closer and closer to the edge. I was seriously scared for my life this time. We were really far from help, it was scorching hot, and I was passing in and out of consciousness. After the fourth or fifth attempt, we finally summited, both of us letting out a big exhale. It was all down hill to Loreto from there. Once at the hotel, I chugged a gallon of cold water, took a shower and spent a night in the air-conditioned hotel room—all of which did me good.


Morning surf check, Pacific Coast. Photo: Pat Curren


My dad setting up camp with the improved bug. Photo: Eda Rocky


Bare-bones camp with my army surplus–issue cot. Photo: Joe Curren


Age 14 with dad, Pacific Coast. Photo: John Elwell


With my dad’s old friend John Elwell, Pacific Coast. Photo: John Elwell


I drove to Cabo one more time with a friend at 16, then at 17 I starting flying by myself to visit my dad. After that, life got busier and my visits became shorter and more sporadic. My dad, who until the ’90s, had only ridden single-fin longboards in small waves, was now riding a contemporary self-shaped thruster with a semi-gun plan shape. He said that he wished he’d started riding thrusters sooner, since, before trying them, he never preferred surfing over diving or fishing. But now he just wanted to surf. We were on the same page, and during those years the dory didn’t get much use.

About 10 years ago when my dad moved back to the States, he left the dory behind at a friend’s house. Around this time, my wife Teasha (who had also spent a lot of her youth in southern Baja) and I started going down there about once a year to stay with her parents, who lived in Baja part-time. At the end of 2012, I got an email from Patagonia product tester Walker Ferguson who met a guy surfing in Cabo who knew of a guy living in my dad’s old neighborhood that had gotten ahold of the dory and planned to fix it up. This was a surprise. I’d half forgotten about it and had kind of written it off. The last time I remembered seeing the dory was on the beach in front of my dad’s place. His place was simple—basic outdoor living—so there was no garage or anywhere else to keep the dory out of the elements. But even if it was kept inside, the boat had seen a lot of use since that first trip in the mid ’80s, and upkeep on anything in that environment is a challenge.

I was now living in Crescent City, a small town on California’s north coast, near my wife’s hometown. Inspired by my dad, I had been thinking for years about trying my hand at woodworking but always found an excuse not to—not enough time, space, tools, etc. But the move from Santa Barbara to Crescent City allowed me more space to work, and I eventually started a business making wood frames and also started shaping a few boards.

Besides the obvious sentimental value on hearing about the dory, I thought, well, if this guy thinks it’s salvageable, I would like to fix it up myself and use it at home on the nearby lagoons and estuaries. Maybe even take it rock fishing out on the ocean on a flat day. It also just seemed like a fun project.

With some legwork, I found the guy’s contact info. He responded to me right away saying that he hadn't started working on it yet, and if I wanted it, it was mine. In January 2013, on my next trip south, I picked up the dory in my father-in-law’s pickup truck, and then it was put on a friend’s empty boat trailer that was headed north. I picked it up at their place in Santa Cruz that spring.

I finally got a good look at the dory once I got it into my shop. I noticed things about it that I’d never seen before; details that I could now appreciate since I had started woodworking and shaping. The clean, sleek outline reminded me of one my dad’s guns and the perfect butterfly joint where the rails came together in the bow was beautiful. As for damage, there were a few large bubbles in the fiberglass and lots of smaller dings. The wood rails had dry rot and needed to be replaced. But overall, the boat was in pretty good shape, considering it had been in sitting in the salt air for so long, under the hottest sun of anywhere I’ve ever been. I thought it would be completely delaminated.

I told my dad I had the dory, how I had acquired it, that I planned to fix it up and I wanted to refurbish it to its original condition. He said, ”Good, I’m glad, especially if you plan on using it.” I asked him a few questions about its history. He said he got the plans from The Dory Book, by John Gardner, where I learned it was a 13’6” Chamberlain dory skiff. It was made with half-inch thick polyurethane foam with two layers of 6-oz cloth per side, vertical grain Douglas fir wood rails and brass oarlocks.


Picking up the dory, January 2013. The journey north begins. Photo: Joe Curren


Work in progress, my shaping bay, Crescent City, California, summer 2013. Photo: Joe Curren


Adding Douglas fir to strengthen the transom. Photo: Joe Curren


Prepping the rails for paint. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Applying the last coat of paint. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


I worked on the dory off and on over the summer and fall. Most of the labor was ding repair. I spent quite a few hours laminating and sanding. More enjoyable was replacing the wood rails. A friend in San Francisco who was working on a project demolishing an ice skating rink salvaged for me some 16-foot old-growth Douglas fir 1” x 6” boards. I did make one adaptation. The foam was weak in the transom handle so I sandwiched it with Doug fir to give it strength. Once all the repairs were made, I applied some marine-grade paint and the dory looked almost like new.

On a clear, late afternoon in October, I took the dory out for its first row on Stone Lagoon in Northern Humboldt. The first thing I noticed was that my six-foot oars were too short. Also, rowing against the wind was tricky. The dory was still pretty light (before all the ding repair I could get underneath and carry it on my shoulders like a turtle), and I was getting blown around. Adding more ballast, or another passenger would help (there were always two of us using it in Baja). But the real question was how did the boat feel once I got it up on a plane? Once I got it going, rowing downwind, it had the same glide I remembered from those years in Baja. Despite all the effort, getting the dory back on the water felt really good.


Launching the dory for its first row after the refurbish, Stone Lagoon, Northern Humboldt. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Stone Lagoon, Northern Humboldt, October 2013. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Looking back on those first Baja trips, I don’t think I appreciated the dory enough. Fishing and diving was fun, but surfing was all I thought about. I feel like my dad made the dory, not just as a way to catch dinner but also as a way for us to get a little more out there. He loved the feeling of the glide that we as surfers seek, and that’s a truly rewarding feeling on one of your own crafts. This, along with some of his other priorities, like spending time out of doors away from crowds and a DIY philosophy, has had a huge influence on me.

The trips with this little dory really taught me a lot. Slowing down, appreciating the simple things, and taking in everything that a special place like Baja has to offer, these are lessons I’ve carried with me throughout my own travels and in my everyday life.



Joe Curren resides in Crescent City where he runs an art framing business and makes handcrafted surfboards. Keep up with Joe, and his beautiful photography, on Instagram and Facebook. Photo: Teasha Curren. 

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: Live From 5Point, Vol. 7
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

A month ago, we headed south for our annual pilgrimage to the 5Point Film Festival and our live Dirtbag Diaries. Today, we share stories from two women, from two different generations who share a love for rivers. In 2013, Amber Valenti had the opportunity to paddle one of the last great free-flowing rivers in the world—The Amur River. Amber, along with three other women paddlers, documented the river from its remote headwaters in Mongolia to the wide-ribboned channels in Russia. Amber wrote and produced the film, Nobody's River, filled with hilarious antics and the soulful exploration of a new place and oneself.

Our next guest, Katie Lee (featured in DamNation), was a force to have on stage. Feisty, poignant and ready to tell you what she thinks—Katie is not your typical nonagenarian. Katie started her career as an actress in Hollywood, but soon left it behind after taking her first trip down the Grand Canyon. But it was Glen Canyon that she fell in love with. When it was flooded in 1963, Katie used her voice to write songs and books about the river and the west. And she's still using her voice as an activist for the environment.

Warning: This episode contains strong language.

Listen to "Live From 5Point, Vol. 7" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
DamNation to Screen in 23 Patagonia Stores Nationwide on June 5, Available Digitally at Vimeo On Demand on June 6
Written By: Patagonia


Winner – SXSW Audience Choice Award
Winner – Documentary Award for Environmental Advocacy, DC Environmental Film Festival
Winner – Mountainfilm Audience Choice Award
Winner – Best of Festival, 5Point Film Festival

On Thursday, June 5, Patagonia will present the award-winning, feature length documentary DamNation, in 23 cities nationwide. Free screenings will be hosted at Patagonia Retail Stores and are open to the public. For a full list of nationwide, festival and community screenings, please visit
The following day, June 6, DamNation will be available at Vimeo On Demand for digital viewing. DamNation will be available to rent ($5.99) or buy ($9.99) for viewing on almost any device. As part of our unique collaboration with Vimeo, we curated a number of ecologically minded titles, including DamNation, in the Patagonia Collection on Vimeo On Demand.

Surrounding the film’s appearances at festivals and other events around the country since March, we've asked people to get involved and ask President Obama to authorize studies on removing four problematic lower dams on the Snake River. To date, over 25,000 people have signed the petition asking the administration to “crack down on deadbeat dams” – signatures that will be delivered to the White House at a later date.
Since its world premiere at the SXSW Film Festival on March, DamNation has been hailed by The Los Angeles TimesThe Village VoiceNational Geographic and Time MagazinePatagonia founder Yvon Chouinard recently published an op-ed in The New York Times arguing for the removal of low value, high cost dams.


DamNation - Trailer from Patagonia on Vimeo.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Desert Lover
Written By: Patagonia

Words and photos by John Bryant Baker


As the sunlight makes its way to my face, I can see my breath as it leaves my mouth and slowly rises into the crisp cold air. From atop this sandstone dome, my 360 degree view is uninterrupted. Wilderness stretches out across the horizon in every direction. There are steep, narrow canyons and broad, sandy washes. Yucca, with their long, wind-battered stalks cling to small patches of dirt, while the sweet smell of desert sage accompanies the slight breeze.

Mountains rise in the distance, the Henrys to the west and the Abajos to the northeast. Directly south, the mystical and sacred Navajo Mountain stands alone. It is a rugged place, this canyon country, vast and expansive. While on a high point like this one, it could easily be mistaken for endless. The sun is cresting over the horizon to my left as the full moon slowly drops out of view to my right. In this first light of morning, I sit suspended between these two heavenly bodies. This is a magical place. It is a place that I, as others before me, have fallen in love with.

[Above: Fajada Butte, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico.]

The desert is not an easy place to love though. Upon first glance, many consider this expanse of red rock to be a wasteland, far too harsh to inhabit. The canyons are too steep, the soil is too dry, and the distances too great. Interestingly enough, these are some of the same character traits I have become so enthralled with. There is an untainted beauty that lies at the heart of such ruggedness. It is a deep beauty, the kind that is often felt before it can be seen. Unrecognizable to the passing glance, it will not be found through the windshield of a car. This is a beauty that takes time.

There is comfort found in the harshness here, a comfort that is birthed out of the uncomfortable. To know solace, one must first know distress. Here, I experience the blazing summer sun as well as the soothing shade of a tiny juniper. I feel the bombardment of sand-filled winds and the encompassing peace of a still, moonlit night. I know the taste of parched, chapped lips and the sound of a trickling, life-giving spring. Hidden seeps, where water slowly sweats its way out of rock walls, can be found throughout this land. There are flowing springs to be tasted if one knows how and where to find them. Potholes and tinajas, natural water jugs, lie waiting to be scooped with a cupped palm.

This is a dry land, no doubt, but it is not a barren one. There is not abundance, but there is enough. The desert is a mentor in the ways of simplicity, reminding me of the importance of having only what I need. These canyons are continually revealing to me the truth that differentiates essential from extra.


Sandstone giants.


Working deeper into The Maze, Canyonlands National Park, Utah.


My wife and I have found ourselves once again following the floor of a winding canyon, exploring and discovering a new sliver of this land we long to learn. Towering red sandstone walls engulf us on either side. The leaves of the cottonwoods are a golden yellow, fluttering with the sporadic brush of the wind. Perfectly symmetrical splitter cracks run from canyon floor to rim, interrupting the otherwise blank vertical walls. A passionate climber could spend a lifetime scaling the fissures found here. At sharp bends are huge, amphitheater-like alcoves that have been slowly carved and shaped by the floods of time. Sound reverberates off the rounded walls with a sharpness and clarity not to be outdone by even the finest concert venues—more proof that man still has a lot to learn from the earth.

We find ourselves at an unnamed, unmapped spring. Crystal clear water is gushing out onto the canyon floor, spreading and forming smaller braided streams that weave in and out of each other as they glade over the dark sculpted sand. Kneeling down, I cup my hands, bringing the clear cold water to my sun-dried lips. We notice animal tracks spread throughout the surrounding wet sand. Mule deer, raccoons, coyotes, a mountain lion, this place provides life for many.

Looking around while listening to the gurgling water, we notice figures drawn high on a ledge. Staring more intently now, we begin to make out human representations with arms and legs. In other clusters, we see mixtures of handprints and spirals. On the high bench above, remnants of a dwelling are now visible. Simple stone and mortar walls, these are all the handiwork of a people long passed, the first desert lovers.


Hands of the ancients.


Ancestral Puebloeans, Anasazi, the Ancient Ones. Over time, I have been blessed enough to see much of what they left behind: cliff dwellings ranging in size from one room to fifty, kivas with wooden ladders leading down into the earth, and intricately decorated pottery. I have found arrowheads and spear tips and the chipping beds where they were formed, held 1,000-year-old sandals fashioned from yucca fibers.

We scramble up the loose talus for a more intimate view, flooded with feelings of wonder, excitement, and reverence. I study the pictographs and petroglyphs while trying to imagine the stories they long to tell. Pieces of pottery and corn cobs are strewn next to the fire pit where charred wood still remained, as if it had been sat around, casting shadows on the wall, the night before.

In the grass and mud mortar that holds together the stone walls, fingerprints are still evident from the day the mortar was pressed and shaped. Staring at a set of these timeless impressions, I notice a slight inconsistency in the wall. There is a small opening just big enough to fit a hand. Not able to make out what is in the shadows of this nook, I blindly reach in.

Looking down at what I now find resting in the palm of my hand, I am nearly overcome with emotion. The carvings on the handle are intricate and the tip chipped and formed of chert, the two pieces joined together with pine pitch. I’m holding a totally intact, perfectly useable knife. Suddenly, the gap of time that separates me from them seems to dissipate. I stood there, wondering who was the last person to grasp this tool?

Looking back down the canyon and off into the wild landscape stretched out before me, I felt as though I was taking in the same view as they had so many years before. It was as if we stood there together, this family of hunters and cultivators, artists and dreamers, perched high on the canyon wall. More than anyone, these people knew this place. Their understanding was intimate and their connection mystical. The spring below was a gift from the earth, the full moon part of the heavenly cycle, the vastness and beauty of the land characteristics of the Great Spirit. Are these things any less true today?


Desert reflections, Dark Canyon, Utah.


Johnbryantbaker_canyonlands_utah_FALL '06 220 copy
Evening light falls over the land of canyons.


For this rugged, wild landscape I am grateful. There is no pavement here to disconnect me from the land upon which I tread and no skyscrapers to encumber the view across the vastness. In this desert country I am able to feel. The harshness and the solace I experience here are humbling. I am able to connect with what is and what was. I realize and remember the gifts of the Great Spirit and the sacred quality of creation.

Just as the sand seems to find its way into every nook and cranny, every crack and crevice, it has also made its way into my blood. It has found its way into my soul. This land has fascinated and captivated the hearts and minds of many before me, and now I find myself as they did, powerless to its draw . . . just another desert lover.



John Bryant Baker is a freelance writer and photographer as well as a river guide, both in the Grand Canyon on the Colorado River and in West Virginia on the New and Gauley Rivers. In the winter, he's a high school teacher and wilderness therapy instructor who works specifically with kids dealing with addiction and self-destructive behaviors. You can read more from John Bryant on his blog, Time Well Spent.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Sunset for HidroAysén, Daybreak for Patagonia
Written By: Patagonia

By Emily Jovais, International Rivers

No other energy project has galvanized Chileans to action like HidroAysén–a proposal to build five dams on the pristine Baker and Pascua rivers in the Patagonia region. It has already triggered numerous debates and changes within Chile, and the final decision on the project, which will be made in less than one month, will continue to have far-reaching consequences beyond the dams themselves.

While HidroAysén is already affecting change, the final ruling on the legality of the project’s approval could set in motion vastly different courses for Chile. One that allows for more megadams and mining in Patagonia or one that leads to considerable environmental reform.

Editor’s note: Readers who’ve seen 180° South will be familiar with this issue. Read on for an update on the dams, and then please consider taking take action at the end.

[Video: Environmental Update - May 2014 from Rios Libres.]

Status of HidroAysén

Leading up to the presidential election, frontrunner and former President Michelle Bachelet made strong statements against the viability of HidroAysén. Her comments were followed by the announcement on January 7 that Endesa Chile, the majority owner of HidroAysén, removed the massive hydroelectric project from the list of active projects it presented to investors at the end of 2013, citing legal challenges and uncertainty surrounding the dams’ transmission line as reasons for this exclusion. The company quickly released a statement saying that is has not abandoned the project. However, the initial news sent shock waves of hope to activists.

On March 19—just eight days after taking office—the new Committee of Ministers under President Bachelet announced its resolution to invalidate the decision made by the Piñera administration in late January (to request additional studies to evaluate the impact of the dams) citing “illegal defects.” The Minister of the Environment, Pablo Badenier, announced that the Committee will not request additional studies but rather make a definitive ruling on the project’s environmental permit as it stands within 60 working days. International Rivers, along with our partners in the Consejo de Defensa de Patagonia (CDP), are hopeful and confident that the administration will respect the 60-day deadline and cancel the project on or before June 10 (60 working days from the announcement).


Photo: Patagonia Sin Represas


If HidroAysén’s Approval Stands

If appeals to the project are rejected and its environmental approval is upheld, many more megadam projects in the pipeline will likely be given the green light along with HidroAysén’s 1,180-mile-long transmission line. Two megadam projects on the Río Cuervo and the Futaleufú anxiously await the decision by the Committee of Ministers that will influence how they move forward. Proposed dams on the Río Cuervo and Futaleufú would likely utilize HidroAysén’s proposed transmission line to deliver energy to the northern part of the country where it’s needed. While an EIA for the transmission line has yet to be submitted, it will surely follow if the dams’ approval stands.

Endesa, which owns the water rights to the Futaleufú River, has mentioned plans for three dams on the river to investors and in company documents, although no EIA has been submitted. Organizations on the ground including Futaleufú Riverkeeper are working to provide legal support and mobilize community members in case the project does move forward.

The Río Cuervo Dam received its environmental approval in May 2012 under President Piñera. However, opponents appealed the decision claiming that the environmental permit was not legal. On April 4 of this year, a Chilean appeals court gave the green light to the US$733 million project ruling that the EIA met all necessary requirements—but the fight isn’t over. Environmental groups have appealed to the Supreme Court and are hopeful they will be successful in opposing the project.

In sum, HidroAysén would open an electrical highway that could lead to the approval of other dams further north to expand the system. In addition, as the first industrial-scale project in the region, approval would open the region to further exploitation including mining.


If HidroAysén is Canceled

Alternatively, putting an end to HidroAysén would send a strong signal that these kinds of destructive projects will not be tolerated in Patagonia. Combined with water rights reforms already underway, there is an opportunity to legally protect Patagonia for the long term. One group, Ríos to Rivers, is working to establish parts of Patagonia as UNESCO World Heritage sites to promote their long-term protection. In addition, my colleagues in the Consejo de Defensa de la Patagonia (CDP) hope to establish a law that would protect all rivers and surrounding areas in Patagonia from dam and mining threats similar to the protections in the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act in the US.

If the project is rejected, it is always possible that HidroAysén will redesign and submit a new EIA. However, the momentum against the project may be insurmountable.


Photo: Patagonia Sin Represas


Take_action_largeI strongly believe that we are on the brink of victory, thanks to the efforts of thousands of people around the world who have been making their voices heard for many years. I am hopeful that changes on the horizon will prevent projects like HidroAysén from seeing the light of day and protect Patagonia for generations to come. Please add your voice and send a letter to President Bachelet asking her to cancel the project once and for all.


Emily Jovais is a Program Assistant for International Rivers. "With a passion for environmental and social justice, I hope to support grassroots efforts and ensure that communities have the power to decide their future."

Rios Libres is a team of adventurers, photographers, writers, filmmakers and scientists working to keep Patagonia wild. Since 2010, they’ve been developing empowering, inspirational films and media, documenting the stunning beauty of pristine Patagonia, and tipping the scales in favor of conservation.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Fear and Self-Loathing in Punta Allen
Written By: Patagonia

By Mike Thompson


“Push the button.”

“No, you push the button.”

“What the hell, push it Ellen!”

She did.

I knew I was going to be profiled as a narcotraficante even though the contraband I was trying to sneak past the customs officer was anything but drugs. In fact, it was several thousand dollars worth of fishing goodies to be given away at the Palometa Club, a fly fishing destination in Punta Allen, Mexico.

The lodge, named for the permit fish, was playing host to a fundraising tournament to benefit Bonefish and Tarpon Trust, as well as the community school. Somehow—it is now lost to memory—I agreed to act as a mule to carry the merchandise for my friend and client, David. Since the weight of the Patagonia fishing shirts, polarized sun glasses, rods and fly boxes more than exceeded the allowed weight limit, I conscripted my friend and neighbor, Ellen, to haul some of the stuff for me. She naively agreed.

[Above: Dark skies and rain shells, a sign of things to come. Photo: Matt Jones]

Custom officials do not want to search every bag that comes into the country, so a system of random checks is used. Each traveler who has sworn, verbally and in writing, that he or she is not carrying anything like cigarettes, dope, $10,000 in cash, or merchandise that can be resold in Mexico, has one last official to deal with. It’s about duties, man! You gotta pay taxes on imports.

I knew that with my luck I would get busted right away, so since Ellen and I had our luggage all on one cart—and it was considerable as you might imagine—I wanted her to push the button. She did, and it was green. We were in! The customs agent probably figured we were married because of all the bickering over who would push the button, but she did her sworn duty and asked, “Are you married?”

“No, we aren’t married,” Ellen quickly replied. Oh sh*t! The agent looked at me and said, ”Empuje el button!” I did and, of course, it was red.

First, there is bad luck. Sometimes, however, it precedes a period of good luck. This was one of those times. After confirming that we had no cigarettes in the mountain of bags in front of him, which contained our personal fly fishing gear as well as the contraband, the inspection agent let us slide in with relatively easy questioning and no digging deeper than necessary into the depths of our bags.




Now I could concentrate on the task at hand. Patagonia had agreed to cosponsor the second annual Palometa Club Permit Tourney and, along with Mark Harbaugh, I was on my way to compete in it. (See the Palometa Club blog for details on the first event held last year.) After eight seasons in operation, the lodge has boated over 1,000 of, arguably, the most challenging saltwater fish that can be taken on a fly.

Punta Allen, as a place, has called to me like a Siren for much of my adult life. Two years ago, I returned there for the fourth time, fished with the guides of the Palometa Club, and finally caught a permit on a fly. Fly fishing for any saltwater game fish is a challenge, but the permit has risen to the top of the chart for some of us. It is a quest that mostly leads nowhere.

Theoretically, catching a permit on a fly is like any other type of fly fishing. You have to select the fly that most closely resembles something a fish wants to eat. It has to be presented close to the eye/mouth of said fish. The fish has to eat the offering. The angler has to set the hook (derisively called a trout set if that is what you are fishing for). The fish is then played (or fought) and brought to hand or net. After a suitable amount of time is spent photographing the prize, before release or placement on a stringer, the angler then has a few minutes to gloat, smoke a cigarette, relieve himself or engage in a myriad of other post-angling OCD rituals.

Catching a permit on the fly, however, takes a bit more ... obsession. Besides the fact that each of the above-mentioned steps must be followed, there is an additional challenge. The angler might not even see a permit after searching all day, even with two or three other sets of eyes trying to find one for you. No pressure. If and when you do get a chance to cast to a permit, there has been such a build-up of anticipation and anxiety that the probability of actually getting the fly close to the fish is pretty minimal.


The elusive permit. Photo: Matt Jones


There were six teams and one lone angler entered in the fray. They were a mix of physicians, lawyers, developers, IT wizards and the like. In a word, Achievers. Some of them had already had considerable experience fly fishing in salt water. Some of them had even caught permit. Most could cast a fly without embarrassing themselves when conditions were good. We were to fish for six days and the winning team would be determined by an esoteric formula conjured up by the tournament director. I didn’t give two hoots about the contest. I just wanted a chance at catching a fish.

From day one we knew a weather system was going to come into play—north wind, 25 to 40 knots on the day of arrival. Of course, no weather change comes in unheralded. Winds blew from the start. I always figure the first day of any weeklong trip is a throw away. Rusty casting, twisted lines, backing that hadn’t seen the light of day in years, knots that needed examination by the guides, the list goes on. That is why you have the first day, but this one was a classic. Where did that double haul get off to? Dang! That wind had no mercy. Were the guides thinking that I was as bad as I looked? So much angst, but it had to be exorcised. Then everything would be just peachy. The first day produced no fish by any team.

Days two and three were almost carbon copies of the shakedown day. Permit were hooked up by a couple of other anglers, but no fish were landed. The jitters hung on. Fish were broken off from setting the hook too hard or they were never completely hooked in the first place. Strip strike set or trout set, fish lost while been played too hard, loops of line tangled around reels and fighting butts. You name it, we all did some of it.

Fortunately, however, Mark and I each got more than the ubiquitous rejection slip. Now, to be truthful, we each lost fish by one or more of the above mentioned maladies, but on the second day luck paid our boat a visit. I landed a very nice fish with enough heft to restore some of my damaged self-esteem. Mark did his part and also put a fish in the boat (only long enough for the requisite fish kissing photo of course.) We had no idea that it would be another two days before anyone else would land a permit.


Mark kisses his permit goodbye. Photo: Mike Thompson


The fourth day was when we expected to have the norther, and it didn’t disappoint. What began as the calmest day I had ever seen there, ended in an epic, hours-long boat ride back to port. I like to call this the day of fear and self-loathing in Punta Allen. We should have seen it coming. The classic “red sky at morning, sailor take warning” was there for all to see, if they were up that early. Brad and I were up. He was finishing his run (what an overachiever), and I was drinking my first cup of coffee. We both said “red sky…” at the same time. The sailors were warned.

We did have a few hours of nice weather before all hell broke loose. Mark cast to, hooked and lost a really large permit. Rain- and lightning-filled clouds finally engulfed us and we beat it to a rendezvous with the other pangas, huddled in the lee of a small mangrove island. For centuries, Mayans have been fishing and living in this part of Ascension Bay, so weather is no surprise. A more protected return route existed, and we took it. There were no injuries save some rattled nerves and backbones. We got back after curfew, but the bar was still open, thankfully.


The captain, with arms in the air, does his best lightning rod impersonation. Photo: Mark Harbaugh


The final two days of the competition brought temperatures in the upper 60s, pretty cool for the tropics in April. On the first day, the fish fled the flats and very few were seen, much less cast to or caught. With one day to go, Mark and I were leading the tournament. The last day was gorgeous, perfect conditions, although still on the cool side. We knew fish were going to be caught.

Okay, so I’m not here to win a freaking tournament, but we were ahead. I had to shake it from my mind and become Zen-like, stay focused on casting while maintaining a true heart. But the nasty standings kept creeping into my mind. Oh, to recall that mantra I was given by the Maharishi so long ago. Damn! I couldn’t remember it for the life of me.

The guides had their radios on; Brad had caught a large fish. We were going to lose. So what? But it did matter. I was feeling greed, remorse and loathing at my lack of skill in closing the deal. Just let my thoughts be pure. Focus on the process not the prize. That didn’t work either.

I had another nice fish follow the fly, eat it and swim toward me but I didn’t get the hook set. That was it, we were done. Mark and I looked at each other and, after some other missed chances, we both agreed that permit fishing was just too crazy, frustrating and disappointing. Maybe we should just grab our tenkara rods and go back to catching small trout on beautiful rivers in Idaho. Yeah, that would be the ticket.

Holy crap! Our two fish, caught way back on the second day, scored just enough points to win us the tournament. We put our small-trout thoughts back where they belonged. We were salty anglers once again with high hopes for the future. No need to sell our heavy-duty fly rods and high-capacity reels. We were going to come back a year from now to defend our title.

Time to practice my double haul and remember that mantra.


The way to send them off. Photo: Matt Jones


This story would not be complete without a call out to the incredibly talented guide teams at the Palometa Club. We thank you for your patience and your ability to look the other way when our mistakes called for it.

Carlos y Aaron (Avatar)
Alonso y Fabian
Koriano y Toni
Jorge y Jonathan
Charlie (la garto) y Julio (Niño)
Gerardo y Julio
Fili y Christian.

Last but not least, a big thanks to Kaye and Dick Cameron, our hosts.

And for sure, David Leake, the director of the travel department at Tailwaters Fly Fishing Company in Texas also deserves mention for helping to pull this event together. In addition to representing many of the world's greatest angling destinations, Tailwaters Travel handles the sales and marketing and USA offices for the Palometa Club. Contact David if you'd like to book a trip to Ascension Bay.



Mike Thompson is a wholesale sales rep at Patagonia. Currently in his 35th year with the company, Mike took Yvon Chouinard on his first bone fish trip in 1986 to mystery island. Photo: Ellen Hatridge


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Tear Down ‘Deadbeat’ Dams – NY Times op-ed calls on President Obama to restore America’s rivers
Written By: Patagonia


A note from Patagonia CEO, Rose Marcario:

In the past month and a half, I’ve been watching DamNation really take off. It’s really not surprising—as a result of this amazing film, people are discovering dam removal is an issue they care about and they’re taking real action to push for change. We've seen it gaining momentum in recent weeks—great audience reception, positive press coverage, more than 23,500 petition signatures—and last week, the publication of an op-ed by Yvon Chouinard in The New York Times.

Check out Yvon’s piece below if you haven’t read it already.

In order to continue this great run, we need your help as messengers for DamNation and the critical argument it makes for the health of our rivers. In order for it truly to make an impact, we need to make sure President Obama sees that his constituents care about removing deadbeat dams—and they want him to act.

[Above: A painted crack and message on Glines Canyon Dam foreshadowed its removal over two decades later. Elwha River, Olympic National Park, Washington in a scene from DamNation. Photo: Mikal Jakubal]

Take_action_largePlease take a moment out of your day to do two things:
  1. If you haven’t already, add your voice to the 22,500 people who have already signed our petition at It only takes a couple of minutes.
  2. Tell your friends and family we need their help! Share the petition link on Twitter, Facebook, Instagram or anywhere else you can get people’s attention. Here's the link:

DamNation is the perfect example of a project Patagonia has undertaken simply because we believe in creating this kind of change in our world and we’re willing to use our brand as a platform to make it happen. The petition signatures will be delivered to the White House in the future as part of the serious conversation this film has sparked. I’m proud of all the incredible effort that has gone into this film—especially by the filmmakers, Ben Knight, Travis Rummel and Matt Stoecker, who have been on the road almost constantly showing audiences why dam removal matters.

Thanks for all your help,



A barge-mounted excavator hammers away at Glines Canyon Dam, the same one pictured above and the largest dam removal in U.S. history. Elwha River, Olympic National Park, Washington in a scene from DamNation. Photo: Ben Knight


The following op-ed first appeared in the May 8, 2014 edition of The New York Times.

Tear Down ‘Deadbeat’ Dams

By Yvon Chouinard

VENTURA, Calif. — OF the more than 80,000 dams listed by the federal government, more than 26,000 pose high or significant safety hazards. Many no longer serve any real purpose. All have limited life spans. Only about 1,750 produce hydropower, according to the National Hydropower Association.

In many cases, the benefits that dams have historically provided — for water use, flood control and electricity — can now be met more effectively without continuing to choke entire watersheds.

Dams degrade water quality, block the movement of nutrients and sediment, destroy fish and wildlife habitats, damage coastal estuaries and in some cases rob surrounding forests of nitrogen. Reservoirs can also be significant sources of greenhouse gas emissions.

Put simply, many dams have high environmental costs that outweigh their value. Removing them is the only sensible answer. And taking them down can often make economic sense as well. The River Alliance of Wisconsin estimates that removing dams in that state is three to five times less expensive than repairing them.

The message has been slowly spreading around the country. More and more communities and states have reclaimed rivers lost to jackhammers and concrete. Last year, 51 dams in 18 states were taken down, restoring more than 500 miles of streams, according to the group American Rivers. Nearly 850 have been removed in the last 20 years, and nearly 1,150 since 1912.

But the work is far from done. I was disappointed to see the Energy Department release a report last week on the potential to develop new “sustainable” hydroelectric dams on rivers and streams across the country. The report follows President Obama’s signing of two laws last year to encourage small hydro projects and revive nonproducing dams.

New dams are a bad idea. We’ve glorified them for decades, but our pride in building these engineering marvels has often blinded us to the environmental damage they cause. The consequences run the length of the river and beyond. Our many complex attempts to work around these obstacles would make Rube Goldberg proud. Interventions like fish elevators and trap-and-haul programs that truck fish around impoundments don’t lead to true recovery for wild fish populations or reverse the other environmental problems caused by blocking a river’s flow.

But we do know that removing dams brings streams and rivers back to life and replenishes our degraded aquifers.

A case in point is the Elwha River on the Olympic Peninsula in Washington, where two hydroelectric dams built early in the last century exacted huge environmental costs but were no longer important as power generators. Salmon runs that once reached about 400,000 fish a year dropped to fewer than 3,000. A year after the Elwha Dam was removed, Chinook salmon returned to the river in numbers not seen in decades, with three-quarters of them observed spawning upstream of the former dam site. Today, the river runs free from its headwaters in Olympic National Park to the Strait of Juan de Fuca, and a terrible wrong imposed on the salmon-dependent Lower Elwha Klallam tribe has been righted.

President Obama should learn from that example. Most urgently, he should turn his attention to the Snake River in eastern Washington, where four dams along its lower reaches provide marginal (and replaceable) electricity generation that is outweighed by the opportunities for the revival of endangered salmon populations, plus the jobs and communities a healthy salmon fishery would support. Those deadbeat dams should be taken down and added to the list of dams in the process of being removed along the White Salmon River in Washington, the Penobscot in Maine and the Klamath in southern Oregon.

I’ve been working to take down dams for most of my life. The idea, once considered crazy, is gaining momentum. We should seize it and push for the removal of the many dams with high costs and low or zero value. The environmental impacts are too enormous.

Time and again, I’ve witnessed the celebration that comes with the removal of an unnecessary dam. After a river is restored and the fish have returned you never hear a single person say, “Gee, I wish we had our dam back.”



Yvon Chouinard is the founder of Patagonia and executive producer of the new documentary DamNation. Photo: Travis Rummel

Haven't seen the film yet? DamNation is coming to a town near you. Check the DamNation Screenings page for locations and ticket information. You can also preorder a digital copy of the film through Vimeo On Demand (release date: June 6, 2014).


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Solutions Series, Part 4: Solutions in Business
Written By: Patagonia

By Annie Leonard

"There is no business to be done on a dead planet." 
–David Brower

Back in in the day, an activist colleague of mine liked to wisecrack that whenever corporations talked about environmental solutions everyone could live with, what they meant were "solutions" only a politically acceptable number of people would die from.

That is so 1980s! Sure, some businesses haven't changed; they're still trashing the planet, wreaking havoc on the climate and endangering our health with toxic chemicals. But those tired old assumptions that pollution is the inevitable price of progress, or that we have to choose between good jobs and a healthy environment, are increasingly outdated.

A big part of the change is that many corporations have come to realize that most Americans believe a healthy environment and a healthy economy go hand in hand – you can't have one without the other. Many businesspeople today really don’t consider trashing the planet an acceptable cost of doing business and they want their companies to be on the side of solutions. As Ray Anderson, CEO and entrepreneurial champion of the business logic of sustainability, said: "There is no more strategic issue for a company, or any organization, than its ultimate purpose. For those who think business exists to make a profit, I suggest they think again. Business makes a profit to exist. Surely it must exist for some higher, nobler purpose than that." As (some) businesses have gotten more serious about solutions, those of us working to protect the environment are realizing that they can be – and often are – a partner in progress.


The late Ray Andson, a true visionary. Read our remembrance.


Today's changemakers know that there are real allies in the corporate world – smart, talented people who know how to get things done and have access to resources – and that the scale of the challenge before us demands that we must seek and find solutions not only in ourselves and in government but also in business. Not many companies have gone so far as Patagonia in declaring that they are in business "to inspire and implement solutions to the environmental crisis." But more and more forward-thinking companies realize they can be environmentally and socially responsible and still make money. They're staking their futures (and the planet's) on new technologies, new models for their relationships with workers and their communities, and new ways of defining success.

For example:

  • The Biomimicry movement is leading companies seeking innovative and sustainable products to look for designs inspired by nature, "the greatest invention machine in the universe." Companies in industries from beer to cleaning supplies have formed the Zero Waste Business Council, knowing that eliminating waste saves money and increases operating efficiency while reducing pollution and greenhouse gas emissions. A startup called Phonebloks is working with Motorola to design and manufacture a mobile phone with interchangeable parts, eliminating the need to replace the entire phone if one feature breaks.

  • Recognizing that their success depends on their workers' well-being, more and more businesses – Ben & Jerry's, Trader Joe's, Costco and others – are committing to paying a living wage – how much workers need to provide an adequate amount of food, clothing and shelter in the place they live and work. In the UK, there's even an association of living wage employers, including such brands as Barclays Bank and KPMG business consultants. Others are not just paying their workers fairly but are sharing profits with their communities, through programs like 1% for the Planet.

  • Like Patagonia, a growing number of companies are redefining just what it means to be a successful business and who gets to share in that success. Feeling limited by conventional structures and cultures that prioritize short-term profits over values like a healthy environment and happy workers, almost a thousand corporations in 32 counties have joined B Corp, which certifies companies to meet rigorous standards of social and environmental performance, accountability and transparency.

Don't get me wrong. I'm not about to cozy up to Exxon Mobil, Dow Chemical or Monsanto. As Bill McKibben says, they're clinging to business models that are fundamentally at odds with the continued survival of life on this planet. Strong and unrelenting pressure – campaigns, protests, boycotts and legislation – must still be directed against them until they change. (And as the success of corporate and marketplace campaigns by organizations such as Rainforest Action Network or Corporate Accountability International shows, those tactics still work). But the trend is clear: Visionary companies that plan to stay in business are investing in a sustainable future. They know that the only way not to be part of the problem is to be part of the solution. They aren’t 100% there yet, but a good number are on the journey. Stay tuned and in the next installment, we’ll share strategies and actions that each of us can do to further support real solutions among our businesses today.

Annie Leonard is the founder of the The Story of Stuff Project and the new executive director of Greenpeace USA. She has dedicated nearly two decades to investigating and organizing on environmental health and justice issues. Her monthly podcast series, The Good Stuff, features interviews with inspiring activists, entrepreneurs, scientists and others who’ve succeeded in making change.

Read the entire Solutions series:
Solutions Series, Part 1: Babies in the River
Solutions Series, Part 2: Solutions in Our Communities
Solutions Series, Part 3: Dive In
Solutions Series, Part 4: Solutions in Business
Solutions Series, Part 5: coming soon 



Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: The World By Bike
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

Committed. It’s a word we use to describe people we know, our friends, even ourselves. Committed to a sport. A ski line. An ethic. A lifestyle. It can be relatively easy to commit to those daily or short-term goals. But carving out time to achieve a bigger dream, something that may take weeks or months, even years, it can feel really hard to take that first step – to even know what that first step is. And sometimes, the very goal we set for ourselves can define the duration of our commitment. Twelve years ago, Pablo Garcia left Argentina to pedal around the world. And he’s still pedaling.

Listen to "The World By Bike" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Building Patagonia National Park: A decade-long partnership with Patagonia, Inc.
Written By: Patagonia

By Colin Pile & Alison Kelman


Here in the northeast spring is finally here. Flowers are blossoming, the birds are back, and we can finally peel off our winter layers and soak up a little sun. Still, even a month after we’ve returned, a part of us is still in Patagonia. In February and March of this year, Alison and I spent three weeks volunteering with Conservacion Patagonica. We both work for Patagonia, Inc., an outdoor clothing company with a commitment to responsible business and creating solutions to the environment crisis. Though we’d never met in person before our trip, our work connection made us feel like old friends once we joined the rest of our volunteer group in the park.

Patagonia, the company, took its name from Patagonia, the place, born from the desire to make clothing and gear suitable for such wild terrain. Patagonia’s partnership with Conservacion Patagonica allowed us the opportunity to take that trip-of-a-lifetime. Each year, a select few employees have the chance to take some time away from their work and volunteer with a non-profit environmental organization (up to two months!), secure in the knowledge they have a job to return to after it’s all done.

[Above: The soon-to-be Patagonia National Park. Photo: Colin Pile]

Hiking the guanaco trails above the Chacabuco Valley. Photo: Colin Pile


In the middle of last decade the Estancia Valle Chacabuco, a 173,000 acre former sheep ranch that covered the bulk of the Chacabuco Valley in southern Chile’s Aysen region, was purchased by Conservacion Patagonica. The estancia sat between two protected areas, Tamango and Jeinimeini National Reserves, and itself had been identified as a key area for conservation. The land, though, suffered from decades of overgrazing, and fencing from former pasturelands – over 400 miles worth – disrupted the natural landscape. Conservacion Patagonica set about with a multi-pronged conservation approach: restoring habitat, protecting existing biodiversity, and engaging with the local community, all with the long-term goal of linking the three areas to create a Patagonia National Park that would be managed by the Chilean government with a higher level of protection for the entire area.

In 2005, seeing a need for help, Patagonia, Inc. sent its first group of employee volunteers to Chile to lend some manual labor. They pulled fences that blocked the natural movement of the valley’s wildlife, and removed non-native plants to restore the ecosystem. Nearly a decade later, Conservacion Patagonica’s volunteer program has expanded to five three-week sessions a year, with volunteers traveling from all over the world to contribute their time in the park. Patagonia, the company, still sponsors several employees a year who are willing and able to make the trip.

This year, Patagonia, Inc. volunteers included the two of us – Alison Kelman (Washington D.C.) and Colin Pile (New York, Meatpacking) – as well as Maureen Kent (Salt Lake City), Beth Sullivan (Dillon), Richard Thornton (Austin), Fredric White (New York, Meatpacking), Hannah Whitney (Salt Lake City), and Lisa Kinigadner (Munich).


Beth and Maureen’s volunteer group celebrate a job well done. Photo: Nico Sala


We were the last group of volunteers to come through the program this year, which had its pros and cons. Pro: Projects at the estancia seemed to be winding down for the season, making for high morale and a lighter workload. Con: We had the last of the provisions allotted for the season, meaning luxuries like apples and granola were bartered like gold, and lentils were all too abundant.

The rest of our volunteer group consisted of group leader Nico, from Buenos Aires, a married couple taking a year off to travel South America, a certified yoga instructor who’d spent the last three months in Bali, and a student from Santiago on her first big outdoor adventure. We spent a couple days getting oriented and touring the park before heading out.

Our first campsite lay at the base of a moraine, which provided 180-degree views of the sun setting across the valley. Within walking distance, the mighty Chacabuco River (approximately 10-feet wide and not too deep this late in the summer) provided some much needed baths after a hot day of cutting Cicuta. The level grassland was also perfect for daily morning yoga sessions with our resident yogi/volunteer Erica Stanulis.


Resident yogi and CP volunteer Erica Stanulis teaches a headstand workshop. Photo: Molly Bogan


Our mission for the first half of our stay was to remove exotic plant species from one section of the park. Thistle, lamb’s ear, and Cicuta were our main targets. Their seeds tend to travel along the road, carried by livestock or vehicles. The purple thistle flowers and yellow lamb’s ear blooms were easy to spot, but it was the never-ending groves of tall, fibrous Cicuta that nearly broke us. You could spend an hour freeing a cluster of trees, only to round the corner to find another grove 20-feet wide. While the Cicuta felt like an uphill battle, a day and a half of cutting down small pine trees provided some sorely needed measurable progress. Unlike other invasives that traveled to the park on their own, the pines were planted by previous landowners with the intention of harvesting and selling them.


The last of the pine grove. Photo: Alison Kelman


After a couple well-earned rest days at park headquarters (hot meals and dessert every night at the restaurant!), we headed to the other side of the valley to our next backcountry campsite. Our second mission was to remove three kilometers of barbed wire fence, set farther up the mountains on the north side of the park. Here, the winds blew stronger and the sun beat stronger, but we were determined to take down the entire length of fence within the week.

We worked through the end-of-summer heat, winding barbed wire and kicking down posts, while enjoying stunning views of the valley to the tune of an aviary of parakeets and the rotund and curious Wet Wet bird (“Wet! Wet!”). By day three, the infamous Patagonia winds picked up, breaking or blowing away three tents. Miraculously, we pushed through a day early, celebrating back at the estancia with some cold beer and a lamb asado.


The infamous fence. Photo: Colin Pile


Hauling wire. Photo: Jason Lederer


No fences! Photo: Colin Pile


As our small group disbanded after three weeks together in the wild – to head home, or back to school, or with more travels ahead – we had a shared sense of wonder and amazement at having spent this time together in such a unique part of the world. We each came for our own reasons, and left knowing the collective work we had done would last well past our short stay. In telling the story of our volunteer group, we hope to encourage and inspire the next round of park volunteers, visitors and supporters to see this amazing area firsthand for themselves, to find their own adventure, and contribute to its protection in their own way.

Heading to Patagonia? Want to help? The application deadline for 2014-2015 volunteers is right around the corner. Apply before June 1, 2014 at Conservacion Patagonica. Prospective visitors can also learn more about the park.




Colin Pile is the store manager at Patagonia’s retail store in New York City’s Meatpacking District. He also contributed to our 2012 Bike to Work Week wrap-up, Celebrating Bike to Work Week 2012 - Cheddar, Challenge, Cold & Cops.

Alison Kelman is the environmental programs and events coordinator at Patagonia’s Washington DC retail store. Check out Alison's previous post, From the Front Lines: 50,000 Join the Biggest Climate Rally in U.S. History.

This story first appeared on the Conservacion Patagonica blog.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Live Stream: 2014 Gerry Lopez Big Wave Challenge at Mt. Bachelor
Written By: Patagonia

Surf meets snow this Saturday at Mt. Bachelor with the 4th Annual Big Wave Challange. This one-of-a-kind contest – the brainchild of host Gerry Lopez – features a series of huge sweeping banked corners, quarter pipes and spines shaped into wave-like features for a flowing course that brings the surf to the mountain. And you can watch it all right here.

Live stream: Saturday, April 25, 2014, ~9:30am PT until it ends

Let Gerry tell you more about the event in the video above and then hit the jump to watch the live stream.

Thanks to Firefox for hosting the live stream and the rest of the sponsors for making this event a reality.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries Podcast: The Treewok
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

The average American spends a third of their income on housing. Almost as much as the next two greatest expenses — food and transportation — combined. So, theoretically, if you just stopped paying for housing, you could earn a living working three days a week. Or two thirds of the year.

Today, we bring you a story about the pursuit of snow, world domination and cheap rent. It’s imperfect. It comes with inconveniences. Trade-offs. But, at the end of the day, what would you rather trade in? Convenience? Or time spent chasing down dry rock or fluffy snow?

Listen to "The Treewok" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunesRSSSoundCloud and Stitcheror connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and TwitterThe Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production. 

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Written By: Patagonia

By Gavin McClurg, photos by Jody MacDonald


Sailing around the world isn’t new. Historians recently learned that Chinese merchant ships in the latter 15th century, which were grander, faster, and better equipped than Spanish and Portuguese fleets (Magellan, Columbus, Gama, etc.), used trading routes that vary today only because of the Suez and Panama Canals. These canals eliminate the need to navigate the treacherous Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn, respectively.

Today, we call these routes the “milk run.” When you start at X and sail to Y, there is a very sensible time of year to do it and a very sensible course to take advantage of winds and currents. This is true for all vessels of every size and type. To get away from the milk run takes a lot more effort, skill, patience, fortitude and, yes, imagination – which is, of course, why it’s worth it. It may be true that the oceans of the world have been mapped, but that doesn’t mean they have been properly explored.

[Above: Finding a barrel at the bottom of the world.]

Enter the Cabrinha Quest. On a 14-year mission to find remote wind and waves on a series of blue-water kitesurfing and surfing expeditions – during which we’ve sailed around the world twice – I have taken considerable pride in escaping the milk run as often as possible, including rounding both of those notorious capes (where pride manifests in pain!). Our latest expedition, in partnership with Cabrinha Kites, launched in September 2012 – a five-year seafaring quest to explore the most remote corners of the globe.

In four previous crossings of the Pacific, a kaleidoscopic wistful throng of islands has captivated my imagination but they have always been just too far out of reach. To get there would require a longer crossing than I have ever sailed, nearly all of it in open ocean below 40 degrees south – a band of latitudes known as the “Roaring 40s” and “Screaming 50s” for the unhindered westerly winds that rake unending around Antarctica. It’s a cold, lonely, impossibly large and wild place with no hope of support if something goes wrong.

So this year we went. 5,000 miles. 28 days at sea. Three days with visible sun. Water temps down to 6 degrees Celsius. Not a single sighting of another boat. Not a single fish caught. But at the end of it all stretched the ultimate prize: 1,000 miles of granite peaks encased in ice and snow, uncountable uninhabited untouched islands, glaciers that descend to a dark ocean bustling with strange fish and sea creatures, fjords that wander for miles and miles in a never-ending maze of lushness and plenty, waterfalls cascading from gray clouds into heavy mist, virgin forests with pancake-shaped leaves the size of large trucks dripping with eternal rain hanging over crystal clear lattices of geothermal pools. Patagonia. Where God possibly imbibed in some supernatural LSD and applied his watercolors by hand instead of brush.

The decision to come here has been in the works for years but the tipping point was reached only very recently. In our efforts to operate the Cabrinha Quest in a sustainable manner we teamed up with the uber-eco-conscious Patagonia clothing company. Yvon Chouinard named his company Patagonia after he fell in love with the region during a climbing trip with Doug Tompkins in the ‘60s. It seemed only fitting to bring some of the Patagonia crew to the place where it all started. In a small twist, we’d be going by sea instead of land.

Yvon’s son Fletcher, FCD’s board shaper and kite and surf addict; Jason McCaffrey, Patagonia’s surf brand manager; and Patagonia ambassadors Reo Stevens and Jason Slezak arrive on the docks in Puerto Montt right on time for a planned 10-day push deep into the fjords where we hope to surf waves that had never been ridden. Distances are vast, and we must carefully plan all movement around the tides. They range more than four meters on springs and neaps and create currents that turn narrow passes into raging whitewater rivers, which makes traveling heedless of their strength quite ill advised.

I am anxious to get started immediately.


Jason McCaffrey and Fletcher Chouinard prep boards for the trip.


Jason Slezak, making some adjustments to the kit.


Running lines.


But only one set of bags has arrived. An ice storm in Dallas has sent the bags to airline purgatory and we are told they might arrive “mañana,” or “mañana mañana,” or possibly “mañana mañana mañana.” ¿Pero quien sabes? Indeed. Who knows?

If we were in the tropics, not having bags would have very little impact. We have plenty of gear on board, surfboards and kites bulging out of every storage compartment on our 60-foot catamaran, Discovery. The fridge and freezer are stocked with every imaginable seafood delicacy compliments of the rich waters that surround Puerto Montt, the gateway port to Patagonia. But the water here hovers around 10 degrees Celsius. Without proper wetsuits, water activities will be considerably curtailed.

We study charts and Google Earth and come up with a plan B, and a Plan C, D, and E, depending on which mañana.

On an ebb tide we slide away from the docks at an absurd speed. With no wind and no sails we travel twice as fast as we should under power. The ocean is dark. I’m used to the translucent water of the tropics where reefs are as visible as billboards on the freeway. Here they lurk invisible in frigid water. At high tide they pass below our keels with plenty of room to spare. As the tide drops they rise above the surface like erupting volcanoes: dry, sharp, gnarled and twisted. They are a mirror of our surroundings.

We are near the winter solstice, which, this far south, means our days stretch impossibly long. Each morning we are enveloped in a dense still fog, but the sun eventually wins the battle for space and wet decks and chilly bodies are warmed generously. I can’t help but feel like this place is actually sucking in geological-sized breaths. Each day the forests and mountains take a huge inhalation, pulling in the fresh ocean air and sending a myriad of birds into the sky. Eventually, still waters and still air are whisked into strong laminar winds which we use to travel fast and far. As the sun sets, the mountains and streams and trees get their fill and they exhale, giving back to the ocean what they swept away so it can all begin again. The same pace sets in on board the boat. Why fight what Mother Nature has performed so perfectly?

We use the days without gear to wander up and down coastlines and bays, following the afternoon winds, seeking waves. The travels are stunning to be sure, but the odds are not in our favor. At one tide level we could sail right past a potential break that is totally flat, where no obvious wave exists, but in two hours, with a meter less water, it could be pumping. Persistence and considerable luck pay off when the bags arrive just in time for a solid WSW swell that comes to us from Antarctic waters and we are in position.


Anticipation of things to come as we drop the anchor at a new break.


Another session begins.


Jason Slezak, dropping in.


Fletcher Chouinard returns for a quick break between tides.


We settle into the same pace as our surroundings. Every living thing is taking in and using as much as it can. Light, water, food, air. We do the same but we add recreation. Yet even in this pursuit we are not alone. Boobie birds play and bathe in tidal pools; huge colonies of sea lions lounge in the sun without a care in the world and even surf some of the waves that we ride; terns soar cliff walls, using the sea breeze to stay aloft, clearly enjoying the freedom of flight just for the fun of it.

At first glance Patagonia seems to have escaped man’s incessant demands for resources. But look closer and the picture isn’t so rosy. Salmon aren’t native to Chile, but salmon farms are ubiquitous. The industry has been at the heart of fierce environmental opposition. They are ecologically filthy, pose a huge threat to native fish, and ultimately have been found to be a very unhealthy food source. Once-free-flowing, glacier-fed rivers that attracted paddlers from around the world have now been dammed to power mega-mines in the north.

When the swell dies we sail down Renihue Fjord to Parque Pumalin, in the heart of The Conservation Land Trust, created by Doug and Kristine Tompkins – now the largest in the world at over two million acres. The land has been set aside for conservation and their organization is teaching the locals that the economy in the long run will benefit more from leaving the land alone than exploiting it for short-term use. Beekeeping, ecological restoration, sustainable farming and fishing, and park creation are all part of the overarching goal: saving biodiversity.

No adjectives are descriptive enough to do this place justice. Powerful is the only one that comes close. Hungry? Grab a bucket and fill it in a minute with succulent mussels. Or grab a fly rod and land a fish from the sparkling river that runs through the property. An organic garden feeds all the staff. Chickens fertilize, bees pollinate, goats provide milk, and the cattle look like they’ve won the heifer lottery. Sustainability in action, all at the foot of one of the grandest and most picturesque places I’ve ever witnessed.


An unusual way to see Renihue Fjord, Jason Slezak at the entrance of Pumalín Park.


Reo Stevens, where the currents collide.


Jason McCaffery exploring Patagonia by kite.


I’m traveling with people who, like me, are concerned about the state of the planet. This trip wasn’t necessary to change anyone’s mind. We are the choir, no preaching necessary. Call us liberal, or progressive, or tree-huggers or maybe something even less endearing, but regardless of where you stand and what you think of issues like global warming or our overburdened planet, you can’t come to a place like Patagonia and go home unchanged.

I notice this change in our final days. Everyone takes a little more time to himself or herself. Everyone is a little more contemplative. Everyone is taking a closer look around. Everyone’s eyes shine differently and are a little more alive than they were when they got on board. I can’t help but think that we, and by WE I mean all of humanity, are a reflection of our environment. In Patagonia, you start to really like what you see in the mirror. Time isn’t read on a watch, it’s logged by the passing of the sun and moon. Food isn’t processed and shipped, it’s caught or foraged and eaten fresh. Movement is dictated by the weather, not a schedule. Exercise dictates sleep instead of an alarm clock.

Is it a stretch to say that if we subject ourselves to traffic, pollution, unpronounceable food additives, poorly built homes, pesticides and the myriad of other “advancements” that have made our lives “better” that we are moving in the wrong direction? We don’t have this conversation on the boat, but this is what we’re all thinking about. And this is a stretch, but try if you can to imagine that our world, the world we all share, was once like Patagonia everywhere.



Reo Stevens in search of surf.


Between the inhale and exhale a long moment of tranquility.


Gavin McClurg is the CEO of Offshore Odysseys and founder of The Best Odyssey and The Cabrinha Quest. He grew up on boats in the Pacific Northwest and commercially fished in the Bering Sea before getting into sailing in the mid ‘90s. You can keep up with Gavin and The Cabrinha Quest on Facebook and Instagram. Check out his previous post, “The Higher You Get, The Higher You Get – A Paragliding Journey in the Pioneer Mountains.”

Jody MacDonald is an award-winning adventure sport and documentary photographer. She says she's more comfortable snowboarding than wearing a dress and way happier surfing than going to the mall. You can follow her work and travels on Facebook, Instagram and


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
DamNation: America’s Most Endangered Rivers 2014, Updated Tour Schedule & Recent Awards
Written By: Patagonia


It’s been a month since DamNation made its world premiere at SXSW in Austin, Texas. First and foremost, we would like to thank all of the people who’ve come out to see our film. Your support is greatly appreciated. Moving forward, we have a bunch of news and some important action alerts to share, so let's get to it.

America’s Most Endangered Rivers 2014

When, as a young man, DamNation co-producer Matt Stoecker witnessed migrating steelhead jump at, and bounce off, Stanford University’s Searsville Dam on San Francisquito Creek, he recognized the destructive power a single dam can have on an entire watershed and beyond. Matt is now a fish biologist, who has since spearheaded the removal of more than a dozen such barriers to migration and is actively involved in efforts to dismantle several others. When he and Patagonia founder/owner Yvon Chouinard, a long-time “dam buster” who for years has supported groups working to tear down dams, decided to capture such efforts and their healing effects on film, and share them with the world, they teamed up with Felt Soul Media’s Ben Knight and Travis Rummel, and DamNation was born.

Today, American Rivers announced their annual list of America's 10 Most Endangered Rivers and we’re happy to see San Francisquito Creek and Searsville Dam coming in at number five. San Francisquito Creek is the only nominee with a problem dam to be recognized by American Rivers this year. Making the list of most endangered rivers certainly isn’t a cause for celebration, but it’s a big deal in the river community and should bring national and local attention to the efforts that are underway to remove Searsville Dam.

[Above: Searsville Dam on San Francisquito Creek, California. Stanford releases no flows downstream for fish and wildlife and the stagnant creek dries out and becomes lethal to the threatened steelhead that are blocked at the base of the concrete wall. Photo: Matt Stoecker]

Unfortunately, it remains unclear whether Stanford University will remove their unneeded Searsville Dam and upgrade to a more reliable, sustainable and safer water system. The university is studying alternatives, including dam removal, and has promised to make a decision by the end of the year. Numerous examples throughout the country have proven that when a dam is removed, migratory fish quickly reestablish themselves above the barrier, often within weeks. Invasive species populations from the reservoirs are significantly reduced and water quality and habitat improve. Communities are made safer and the liability risk for dam owners is eliminated.


Aerial view of Searsville Dam and reservoir. Photo: Matt Stoecker


A pair of wild steelhead spawn below the impassable Searsville Dam in 2013. Multiple adult steelhead and their eggs died as upstream diversions and lack of access to perennial streams above the dam contributed to trapping these federally threatened fish in a dewatered creek. Watch a video of these two fish spawning. Photo: Doug Rundle


Streams merge in the headwaters of San Francisquito Creek where open space preserves have protected much of the watershed and provide ideal habitat conditions for steelhead and other native species to return to if only Stanford University would let them. Photo: Matt Stoecker


Running through downtown Palo Alto and Menlo Park, San Francisquito Creek harbors one of the last wild steelhead runs in the San Francisco Bay. However, Stanford's Searsville Dam blocks them from reaching critical year round streams, leaving the next generation to wonder who is responsible for the deaths of threatened steelhead in the creek. Photo: Mike Lanza


Video: San Francisquito Creek - America's Most Endangered Rivers 2014 by American Rivers


As a business member of the Beyond Searsvile Dam coalition, who is leading the charge, we urge Stanford to show leadership as environmental stewards and choose an alternative that will remove Searsville Dam, restoring this ecologically significant creek while protecting local residents from flooding and safety concerns.


Take Action!

  1. Tell Stanford University: It’s time to remove Searsville Dam
  2. Ask President Obama to crack down on deadbeat dams
  3. See the full list of America’s Most Endangered Rivers 2014 and help protect them at American Rivers


Tour Schedule & Screenings Update

A redesigned version of was launched recently, and with it comes a full list of upcoming screenings. Newport, Rhode Island; Missoula, Montana; Portland, Oregon and Carbondale, Colorado will round out our film festival screenings in April. Looking ahead, the film will have its theatrical release on May 9 in New York at the IFC Center, followed by a release on May 16 in Los Angeles at the Laemmle NoHo 7. The theatrical release is coupled with a nine-city tour of one-night film premieres in select markets in April and May, and a nationwide screening event at all U.S. Patagonia retail stores on June 5.


Please check the Upcoming Screenings page for details and tickets, or apply to Host a Screening in your home town.


Vimeo On Demand

DamNation is proud to be partnering with Vimeo On Demand to bring our film to your computer, laptop, tablet and smartphone. Preorders are being accepted now for DamNation’s digital release on June 6, 2014. And if you like DamNation, you’ll want to check out the Patagonia Collection at Vimeo On Demand. Curated by Patagonia and Vimeo, this collection of online films showcases Earth’s elegance, strength and fragility.


Visit Vimeo on Demand to see the Patagonia Collection and preorder your digital copy of DamNation.


Two Film Festivals, Two Awards for DamNation

We’re thrilled to announce that DamNation won the SXSW Film 2014 Audience Award in the Documentary Spotlight category, and the Documentary Award for Environmental Advocacy (and a $10,000 cash prize), at the 2014 Environmental Film Festival in Washington, D.C. The filmmakers express their gratitude to festivalgoers for the positive reception, celebrating the news as a sign that the urgent issue of dam removal is resonating and will continue to build momentum as the film tours across the country.

“Premiering DamNation at SXSW was a dream come true for Travis and I, and a dream come true for the film,” said co-director Ben Knight. “I honestly can't even wrap my head around the fact that we won the audience award yet, it feels very surreal. I could feel an energy build during the film at our screenings in Austin; our audiences were just amazing.”

“After pouring ourselves into DamNation, it is incredible to see the film resonate so deeply with our audiences,” said co-director Travis Rummel. “We’re so appreciative to Patagonia for trusting us with the creative freedom needed to bring this critical story to life.”

“The health of our rivers impacts all of us, and we have too many degraded rivers with unnecessary and obsolete dams,” said co-producer Matt Stoecker. “It’s so encouraging to see audiences connect with our film and help us build momentum to free our rivers.”


Yvon Chouinard and DamNation filmmakers on the SXSW red carpet. Photo: Nate Ptacek


Photo 1
Waiting in line for the world premiere at SXSW. Photo: Kasey Kersnowski


Patagonia employees Ron Hunter and Brooks Scott tabled outside the Vimeo Theater at SXSW. Photo: Nate Ptacek


Q&A session at SXSW with Nancy Schafer (moderator), Yvon Chouinard (Patagonia), Joy Howard (Patagonia), Travis Rummel (DamNation) and Jeremy Boxer (Vimeo). Photo: Nate Ptacek 


Window detail and a peek inside Patagonia Austin. Photo: Jared Tennant


Photo 3
Display inside Patagonia Austin. Photo: Kasey Kersnowski


Party at Patagonia Austin after the world premiere screening. Photo: Jared Tennant


DamNation filmmakers and the Patagonia Austin staff. Thanks to the entire store staff for their effort and hospitality. Photo: Nate Ptacek


We had a packed house at the Environmental Film Festival in the Nation's Capital, productive meetings with top policymakers and government officials about our Crack Down on Deadbeat Dams petition, and we won the Environmental Advocacy Award. Washington D.C. was good to us. Photo: Ben Knight




Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Climbing in Iceland with Loki the Deceiver
Written By: Patagonia

By Kitty Calhoun

Photo #1

Iceland is a land of extremes – stark beauty within a harsh, unforgiving landscape and an equally daunting climate. Volcanoes are still erupting, earthquakes are nearly constant, yet the geothermal water provides Iceland with most of its energy needs and natural hot springs ease the cold of winter. Eleven percent of the country is covered with glaciers. Sighting of the aurora borealis is common. The coast is dotted with steep cliffs, overhung by glaciers and blasted by wind off the ocean. Yet over 300 species of birds nest in these cliffs, eider ducks (think eiderdown) float in the ocean and the fishery is Iceland’s largest source of income.

In such a stark and dramatic landscape, it is easy to imagine events being controlled by the Norse gods. In fact, on our quest for virgin ice climbs, we too felt their power – one in particular: Loki the trickster, deceiver, god of chaos.

[Above: Sunrise over the fjord. Photo: Kitty Calhoun]

Upon arrival in Reykjavik, we proceeded straight to our rental car company, SAD cars. I thought I had reserved a large 4x4 to carry the four of us – Jay Smith, John Catto, Beth Goralski and myself – plus our eight 50-pound duffel bags, four 20-pound day packs, and two weeks of groceries – into the hinterland. There must have been some miscommunication and a small SUV made for city streets awaited us – the large off-road vehicles were not available. After much consternation, we loaded up an old 4WD Nissan wagon, whose front doors had been hammered loose by the formidable Icelandic wind. To muffle the roar of wind prying through, we slammed the doors on our towels, which proceeded to batter the roof as we cruised down the narrow road leading north.


Photo #2
The SAD car. Photo: Kitty Calhoun


Obviously, if there was information available, we would not have headed to the North Central Peninsula. But this is a land of unknowns, a land of secrets. Not much of the ice has been discovered and our hunch was that the greatest concentration of hidden gems was in the heart of the steepest, most jagged mountains. Thus, after two days in the car, winding our way around every crease in the fjords, we arrived in Dalvík, the ski capital of Iceland. Armed with a half-dozen topo maps, we hoped that we might pry some secrets from local UIAGM mountain guide, JB. I closed my eyes and prayed as he called friends in each part of the country and, in Icelandic, asked for their permission to give us clues to where we might find the goods. We received their blessings but, to our chagrin, learned that ice climbs in this country do not form in the mountains, but rather on cliffs capped by a plateau. Deceived once again, we assumed positions in the SAD car and reset our sights on the Westfjords – the least visited region in all of Iceland.


Photo 3a
Road sign to the Westfjords. Photo: Beth Goralski


It was precisely halfway along a snow-drifted section of road, in a white-out and three hours from the last town, that we found ourselves contemplating abandoning the SAD car in search of a more suitable bivouac.

“I’m sorry ya’ll, but there is no way we are going to make it,” I said in a defiant voice. Somebody had to speak up and as the most conservative, adamant member of our group, I volunteered.

I felt relieved when Jay, who had made a valiant attempt to ram through walls of snow, supported me. “Yeah, I’m sorry we have spent so many days in the car, but I don’t think we are going to make it either.” I felt bad because he was feeling responsible not only for getting photos, but also for ensuring a productive trip.

John, a veteran filmmaker for National Geographic, offered, “We might be able to get in that abandoned gas station we just left.”

“Yeah, if worse comes to worse, we can sleep in the car.” I looked over at Beth, a 5’8” lanky blonde who was always smiling. She had the least experience in the group but was up for anything.

“I’d rather not,” I said with a solemn face, which betrayed my satisfaction in feeling that I had made the right choice to invite Beth, even though I barely knew her.

I pulled out my cell phone and in a last ditch effort, called my friend Runar, on the other end of the Westfjords, for help. He explained that neither plows, nor planes, nor ferries operate on Saturdays. He was on his way to a party, to celebrate the Feast of Thor, featuring traditional Icelandic fare such as marinated shark and rams’ testes. After a few phone calls, he found a farmhouse a mile back, to which we could retreat. Holed up in this place of refuge, with a hot tub, I marveled at our circumstances. Ancient lore would have attributed them to Loki, who ensnared everyone in complicated problems, to which he always supplied a remedy – though his solution often engendered even greater troubles.


Photo #4
Kitty and Beth enjoying a hot tub. Photo: Jay Smith


The following day, the storm relented and we ventured along the coast to Patreksfjörður, a small fishing town, where we met Valle, “gatekeeper” to the Westfjords ice climbs. Having been duly chastised by Runar for not warning us about the snowplow holiday, he more than made up for it by leading us over two more passes to the Land of Promise.

A single lane gravel road followed the shoreline. On one side of the road lay narrow, golden-sand beaches, lapped by long, smooth wave sets. Further out in the fjord, a research boat explored the sea, gathering data to determine its capacity for farmed salmon, most of which is sold to Whole Foods. On the other side of the road, a carpet of moss led to snow-covered slopes and small cirques or valleys lined with vertical black cliffs. Snowmelt on the plateau above generously provided so many frozen lines that we were awestruck.


Photo #5
Beth excited about another cirque. Photo: Kitty Calhoun


For our first climbs, the four of us naively picked out two new routes that looked like good warm-ups – not too hard, maybe WI 4. I offered the first lead to Beth, as she was keen and I was feeling generous. However, I started wondering what the problem was as I observed increasing evidence of her getting pumped – hacking at the ice, long pauses when she rapidly alternated shaking out each arm, and she had placed every screw on the rack.

As I followed the pitch, I realized that we had been tricked again. This was far from being a warm-up. It was a difficult WI 5! I had forgotten that the warm winds sculpt and polish the ice until there is nothing left but hollowed out caves and overhanging faces, devoid of any sweet spots to place your tools, or grooves to stem. Jay and John experienced the same deception and we all went home that night feeling elated that we just climbed two new routes, but also reminded that all was not as it appeared.


Photo #6
John Catto on another first ascent. Photo: Kitty Calhoun


The next morning, we set off to the same cirque to climb the next two hardest lines. At the base, Jay and John didn’t feel up for their route yet, so they decided to climb an easy pitch to get above and shoot me leading the hard route. As I waited on them to get into position, questions started to fill my head. Why am I doing this? Who even cares? Is it worth it? If I pump out before getting in a screw, the resulting fall could result in serious injury. How many years can a person keep redlining the stress meter before burning out? Will I ever be satisfied?

My thoughts were interrupted by Beth’s voice: “On belay.” John and Jay were ready to shoot. We were in an ice cave at the base of the steep ice. I looked around the column and up toward a large mushroom which blocked the entrance onto the smooth, slightly overhanging face above. Beth was apologizing for the big snarl we had just untangled from the double ropes. The thought, “Pride goeth before a fall,” entered my head.

I turned to Beth and said, “Don’t worry about it.” She smiled.

Then I took some deep breaths. Either my strength had to come from me – or else from God. I chose God. A calm confidence settled over me and that made all the difference. If it weren’t for this peace, I could have easily panicked when the ice continued to shatter as I tried to find a purchase for my tool over the mushroom. Panic tends to rapidly suck the remaining strength from throbbing forearms. The hand can no longer grip the tool enough to guide and accurate swing. As a last ditch effort, one starts to fumble for a screw, knowing there isn’t enough strength to place it. The mind races: What do I do? What do I do?


Photo 7
Kitty leading Loki. Photo: Beth Goralski


But the panic never came. Relaxing, trusting, and climbing precisely, I made it over the mushroom and up the gravity-defying face. Maybe climbing was an opportunity to test and to build trust. The ancient people believed that warriors trained in Valhalla for Ragnarok, the last great battle, the day of judgment.

After six days of climbing, we completed eight new routes and partially completed two others, most of which were two pitches long, WI4-5+. Of all my leads, the first one was the most difficult, the most complicated for me. That’s why I named it Loki.


Kitty Calhoun is a Patagonia ambassador and Chicks Climbing instructorChicks Climbing is the premier provider of women’s ice and rock climbing clinics in the United States.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Written By: Patagonia

By Patch Wilson


Growing up in Cornwall, in the UK, it’s easy to feel blessed when you’re young. I thought we had the best waves ever, and in some ways it’s true. When you’re a kid, the waves at home are all you really need. But quickly the realization sets in – as you get a bit bigger and aren’t so scared of what the ocean can throw at you – you want more.

I‘ve travelled to the other end of the planet to get my fix of heavier hollower waves. But over the last 10 years or so I have come to realize that what I’m really looking for is right on my doorstep.

Here are some photos from a trip I did earlier in the year around the UK and Ireland.

[Above: Scotland, in my opinion, has some of the best waves in Europe but it gets cold in the winter. Changing out of your wetsuit can literally be a race to get into your warm car as quickly as possible. All photos by Patch Wilson unless otherwise stated.]

A reeling Irish left. This picture embodies what Ireland is to me: cold, windy and pumping.


Picture 22
An Aileens bowl about to beat the daylights out of me. Frame grab: Mickey Smith


Picture 4
This wave is 30 minutes away from where I grew up in Cornwall. On either side there are two other equally good waves on their day. It’s funny, when I’m traveling and I tell people where I am from their next question generally is, “Do you really get waves there?” To which I reply, “No, not really.”


Aileens last winter. We had a really good run of swell and offshore wind patterns late last winter which is pretty rare for the west coast of Ireland. We had some amazing late afternoon surfs with beautiful light. Photo: Al Mackinnon


Scotland again.


An inside-out right slab that is amazingly perfect but takes its fair share of scalps.


Sunrise in Scotland. In winter, the sun only comes up for about eight hours max and it sits really low in the sky. This leads to some unbelievable sunrises – always a good way to start a freezing morning.


Al Mackinnon looks on as this right-hand slab does its thing.


Some of the scenery in Scotland is absolutely breathtaking. This is the drive up through Glen Coe.


Ireland last winter. A really crazy day at the cliffs.


This is Crab Island on the west coast of Ireland. This wave is currently under threat from a pier development project that is definitely going to ruin the inside point at Doolin and could put backwash through the lineup at Crab Island. At the moment, things are really not looking good for this wave. You can keep track of what is happening at Save the Waves.


Fergal Smith drops into an Irish drainpipe.


Stef Left
This picture is from a magic run of swell and wind conditions we had a few years ago in Ireland – a left slab that I love surfing and is pretty fickle, really, but completely firing here.


Epic evening colours in Ireland.


Patrick "Patch" Wilson is a Patagonia surf ambassador from southwest Cornwall, England and an occasional contributor to The Cleanest Line.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
The Bog
Written By: Patagonia

By Kira Hoffman


As I paddle out into the morning fog of Pruth Bay, I can’t imagine a better way to commute to work. Alongside me are my two research assistants, Julia and Owen, with big smiles on their faces. On days like this, work and fun are interchangeable, and we’re thankful for the one-hour kayak before a sweaty, bug-suited bushwhack up the side of a mountain to get to our office: The Bog.

The three of us are working in the Hakai Luxvbalis Conservancy, located on Calvert Island in the heart of British Columbia’s Great Bear Rainforest. (You may have seen the Great Bear in Groundswell – it’s one of the areas threatened by the Enbridge Northern Gateway pipeline project.) Established as a reserve almost twenty years ago, the Great Bear is home to wolves, grizzly and spirit bears, an amazing array of marine life and one of the largest remaining tracts of temperate rainforest in the world. The reserve extends from the northern tip of Vancouver Island to the Alaska Panhandle, and we’re right in the center of it.

[Above: There's real beauty to be found in the bog. Sphagnum rubellum and Sphagnum papillosum. All photos courtesy of Kira Hoffman]

The studies I do are based out of the Hakai Beach Institute, a privately run research station on Calvert Island owned by Eric Peterson and Christina Munck. Born and raised on the B.C. coast, Eric was originally a research scientist, then, for many years, a technology entrepreneur, most notably in the field of medical imaging. In 2001, Eric and Christina formed the self-funded, non-profit Tula Foundation. One of the Foundation’s ventures was to turn a failing sportfishing lodge into the Hakai Beach Institute, molding it into a center for research, teaching and community leadership. The many scientists who work here now survey everything from the seafloor to the mountaintops, attempting to understand what’s happened here in the last 15,000 years and what might happen in the future as our coast faces a rapidly changing climate.

The thick fog blankets the bay and we hug the shore, knowing there isn’t much stopping us from making a wrong turn and ending up in Japan. We pass several eagles perched in cedar trees, watching and waiting for the fish to jump. The fog is cool and we hope it burns off so we get to experience a few hours of sun, a rare thing on this wet coast.


Foggy morning in Pruth Bay.


Rush hour traffic.


This rare event was captured in late July of 2013. Opalescent squid (Doryteuthis opalescens) have not been recorded spawning here since 1996.


Juvenile baldy on the lookout as we come ashore.


We arrive at a place called Wolf Beach, come ashore and store our kayaks for the day. It takes the three of us some time to carry our kayaks above the high tide line – the tides in this region average about 15 feet and you don’t want to a) see your kayak floating out to sea or, b) have to drag your kayak a mile across the mud of a drained-out bay.

With the boats safely stowed, we spend the better part of an hour hiking – and sometimes crawling – through deep ravines and scrub forest before breaking into an open bog up high. The bogs in this region are a mosaic of rolling marshy topography intermingled with bonsai-like trees and large, mossy hummocks. They’re generally not considered glamorous places – quite often the beauty is lost to swarming blackflies, the smell of rotting plants, and the threat of waist-deep soakers.

Despite the cold weather, we’re drenched in sweat from hiking in gumboots, rain pants and bug suits. We’ve almost perfected navigating with thin black veils covering our faces, but someone usually falls victim to a misjudged step, which means either slipping back down the hill or getting stuck in quicksand-like mud until one of your friends hauls you out. Or, even worse, walking into a branch that tears your bug suit – something I imagine is comparable to a leak in your spacesuit. Bad news.


The view from high on Calvert Island, with one of our study sites in the foreground.


No we don’t ride horses in the bog. Although it appears we are dressed like equestrian riders, the outfit functions to protect us from the bugs and our sticks help us measure plants. This one goes out to one great field assistant (Julia, right) and all our fun 2013 adventures in the Great Bear Rainforest!


Field assistant Owen taking it all in stride. If it's not clouds of rain, it's clouds of bugs.


Once we’re on site, we settle down to work after going through the morning checks: weather station still running (survived the 80 mph winds the night before), experiments still intact (we’re in a constant battle with the wolves who love pulling out our temperature sensors), and everyone accounted for (nobody fell in the quicksand, got lost in the featureless landscape or got distracted by salmonberry patches along the way).

Bogs are common in our area, but they’re globally rare and at-risk ecosystems, and our work involves trying to learn more about them and how they’ll respond to future climate change scenarios. They filter water, store carbon and are important habitats for birds and animals, and they’re at risk of disappearing before we know much about them. My fieldwork is based on manipulating drought in the bog to understand if plants that have adapted to living year-round in water can survive without it. The three-year experiments involve cutting out pieces of the bog and raising them above the water table, where they are not saturated throughout the year, and then observing how soils and plants adapt to different precipitation regimes. We also painstakingly measure every plant in the twenty separate plots, and analyze the soil to see how nutrients are used.


Blanket bog microcosm at Wolf Beach bog, Calvert Island.


Soil pit on Mt. Buxton


Measuring decomposition rates in the bog.


Twenty more transplants to go!


Lipstick lichen


Reindeer lichen


The king gentian, a blue beauty of the bog.


The fiddlehead fern, one of my favorite bog species.


As we break for lunch, we feel the wind pick up and the sun finally breaks through the fog. We all sigh a bit of relief as we’re able to take the bug suits off long enough for a drink of water and a few bites of food. Just before we settle back in to work, we hear the sound of two humpback whales feeding in the bay – it’s such a quiet place here that we can hear them blowing even though they’re half a mile away. A few hours later, after an afternoon of measuring plants, we retreat downhill to the kayaks. The tide is high, and we’re happy to find that we don’t have to hike the kayaks far. By this time our stomachs are rumbling, and we’ve already started wagers on what will be for dinner tonight.

I’ve only been working here for two years, and at first I was out of my element on the coast – I didn't know how to drive a boat, and couldn't ever seem to find the right gear for day after day of endless torrential rain. Nevertheless, I'm learning, and I feel more and more that I've found a home. After a long day of tramping through the bog, it's always nice to get time to reflect on the paddle home before I share my thoughts of the day at the big dinner table. Mostly I think about how grateful I am for each day I get to spend in this place – and for all the wild places that still exist and the people who work to protect them.


Looking forward to dinner after a successful day of sciencing.


Kira Hoffman is a community ecologist studying bog ecosystems in British Columbia’s very wet hypermaritime zone on the central coast. She studies interactions between plants and soil microbial communities and how above- and below- ground processes are affected by climate change.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
21st Annual Hueco Rock Rodeo Recap & Video
Written By: Patagonia

By Brittany Griffith


“Hueco Tanks is the best bouldering in the world,” someone boldly posted on the encyclopedic climbing resource The best? Pretty strong words. I’ve been to a lot of famous climbing areas in the world and it was going to take more than a hyperbolic online endorsement to change my reservations (not the kind you need to climb here, alas, but I’ll cover that later).

As a climber, I had obviously heard about Hueco. There’s no disputing that Hueco stands as an iconic place in American climbing significance. Like Yosemite is to big wall climbing, Smith Rock is to sport climbing, and Indian Creek is to splitter crack climbing, Hueco is to bouldering. And Patagonia’s presence at the 21st annual Hueco Rock Rodeo was the perfect excuse for me to finally make the pilgrimage to the famed bouldering mecca.

I respect and enjoy all disciplines of climbing, but, if I had to choose, I’d say bouldering is my least favorite. It just seems silly to try so hard for such small terrain gains… but mostly because I suck at it.


Training for not sucking. I was so intimidated by the prospect of going to Hueco and not being able to climb anything that I trained in a cold garage for the entire month of January. Part of that training was dead hangs off a campus rung with weights attached to my waist. Photo: Steve Maisch Training archives


Ana Burgos surviving on Nobody Here Gets Out Alive, which is described on as “The best V2 in the world.” Photo: Sam Davis


Way high in Hueco. Photo: Sam Davis


The Rock Rodeo follows a format similar to most of the grassroots climbing events I’ve attended (which is pretty much all of them): vendor tents, a climbing comp, slide shows, food, beer, DJ and dyno comp.




Key elements to a successful climbing event: Booth, bonfire and, of course, beer bowls. Patagonia donated over 300 reusable origami bowls which resourceful climbers used for pancakes, burritos and even beer. We also “traded” donations for T-shirts and raised $400 for The Climbers of Hueco Tanks Coalition. Photos: Justin Wood


The climbing comp was open to all ages and all levels. The fact that four different countries were represented in the top six male and female finishers in the open category of the bouldering comp illustrates the international status that Hueco holds.





The fact that many famous climbers attended the event is great, but what we should all be most proud of is the fact that this event helps to support and sustain climbing in Hueco for future generations.

“The Hueco Rock Rodeo proudly donates proceeds to Hueco Tanks State Park and Historic Site, The Climbers of Hueco Tanks Coalition and local El Paso Youth Outreach Programs. These organizations strive to preserve The Park, our privilege to climb at the Historic Site and help the climbing community give back to the local community.”

One doesn’t hear about the virtues of the climbing in Hueco without hearing about the access issues. It’s a sometimes confusing and frustrating (not to mention costly) system that involves reservations, waiting, paying, waiting, rules and waiting. All things most climbers typically don’t gravitate toward.


Hueco’s waiting game. Photo: Justin Wood


Yet despite the restrictive policies of the Park (or maybe a phenomena as a result?), I curiously witnessed an uncharacteristic display of patience and a more harmonious coexistence with rules than I would have expected of climbers. Something I, as well as many other climbers, could stand to learn more.


Not everyone who hangs in Hueco is a dirtbag or on a climbing vacation. Sam Davis lives, trains, and studies electrical engineering with Hueco in his backyard. Sam and his wife, Ana, let me, a complete stranger, squat (in my Mercedes Sprinter van…) on their land for two weeks. Even though I’ve climbed around the world for the past 20 years, and been shown the upmost hospitality, I’m still impressed when people do this merely based on the fact that I’m a fellow climber.


Does Hueco have the best bouldering in the world? Is the system f***ed? I don’t know and I don’t really care to argue. But what I will defend is that there unquestionably exists what is most important to me as a climber: a community. A community of climbers that live and breath Hueco, that deal day after day to spend time in a place they love, and this is what ultimately makes Hueco world class.


Hueco Rock Rodeo 2014 - Event Video! from Bearcam Media.


Despite professional training, the author knee-barred and hand-jammed her way around Hueco.


Brittany Griffith is a Patagonia climbing ambassador and a regular contributor to this blog. She’s led 5.13 sport and traditional routes and vows someday to lead the gym’s 5.11c purple route. She obsesses over her garden and vacuuming and holds a black belt in Tae Kwon Do. As a former McDonald’s employee, Brittany served an estimated 12,308 Happy Meals.


Blast from the past: Here’s a video of Lynn Hill at Hueco Tanks in 2009, making it look way too easy.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries: The Remotest
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

We all know the feeling of remoteness. The stillness. The perspective. It's part of what keeps drawing us outside. But what does it feel like to be standing, literally, in the most remote place in a state? In the country? And what might those places reveal about the fate of our country's wild lands? In 2010, Ryan and Rebecca Means embarked upon Project Remote to find out.

Listen to "The Remotist" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud.

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunesRSSSoundCloud and Stitcheror connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and TwitterThe Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production. 

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
B.S., Rednecks and Development
Written By: Patagonia

By Shannon McPhail


Some people call me an environmentalist. What in the hell is an environmentalist anyway? Growing up in my family, it was a dirty word to describe privileged and over-educated people who got their education out of a book instead of the woods. My upbringing taught me that hard work, hard damn work, was the way to make it in life. I was raised by a farming family in the Kispiox Valley and we made our way as loggers, guide outfitters, rodeo stock contractors and, from time to time, we worked in the mining or oil and gas industry running heavy equipment.

Editor’s note: It’s a pleasure to welcome Shannon McPhail back to The Cleanest Line. Shannon is the executive director of the Skeena Watershed Conservation Coalition, a group Patagonia proudly supported during their historic fight against proposed methane wells in Canada’s Sacred Headwaters. Now she's working to get her community fired up for another potential battle against liquified natural gas (LNG) development. Note: minor profanities ahead. 

[Above: My great uncles packing into the Skeena Mountains. Photo: Wilfred Lee]

But when we weren’t working the land for food or in the bush for money, we were on the rivers or in the mountains. My family vacations were spent on pack trips by horse going into the Skeena Mountains or the Atnas. But of course, we couldn’t take a vacation for a mere vacation, that would have been considered a complete waste of time. We had to get enough moose, caribou, grouse and maybe a black bear to bring home for winter’s meat. Black bear makes damn good ham and bratwurst, and you can render the fat for lard. We grew up growing or wild harvesting a lot of our own food because we couldn’t afford to buy it. Even though we raised cattle, we couldn’t eat much of it because that was money out of our pockets. So we hunted wild game to fill our pantries. The line between bankruptcy and paying the bills was incredibly thin but we certainly had an incredible life.

Living in the Skeena region has not been the easiest existence, especially in the winter. Communities are bonded by enduring the cold months together and it’s the time where we get out and get more social to chase away the long darkness. We dream of the warm summer sun, floats down the river, sitting with family and buddies around a picnic table and eating salmon so fresh that it curls when you cook it.


The Allen Family, 2010


3_Joy Chichi Shannon
Me and my mom, Joy, 1978.


I love this place. It’s my home. It was my home long before I was born – more than 100 years with six generations in the Kispiox Valley. We are known as the cowboy farmers, some might say rednecks. Actually, everyone says rednecks. My dad was known for being one helluva boxer and regularly got into fist fights. I don’t know if he ever lost a fight but then again, I don’t know that he would ever tell me if he did. He taught me how to go fist-a-cuffs and I was pretty good at it. The fact that I grew into almost a 6-footer and spent the summer tossing hay bales around for hours and hours every day might have had something to do with it. Still, I avoided conflict like the plague. I despised conflict or disharmony. They made me cringe and still do to this day. I would always try to walk away, feeling sick in my stomach, wanting to run, but growing up in the bush you know that running away only encourages chase and the best way to deal with it, or at least the most instinctual way, was to face up and deal with things because they will only get worse if you don’t.

This is why I have trouble with the word environmentalist. It’s not really inclusive of people like me or my family. We aren’t fighting for the environment. We’re fighting for our homes and for our families because we need clean water and wild game. If we protect habitat for salmon and wild game, we can eat good clean food. I can’t believe I said habitat. Hell, I even catch myself talking about “ecosystems” these days.


Moose antlers


My folks, Gene and Joy Allen.


My husband is a rig welder in the oil sands. He makes a damn good living over there but he’s gone 16 days then home for 12. When I first heard about Shell wanting to drill for coalbed methane in the Headwaters, I thought it was a great idea. Can you imagine how much money we could make? Shell is no small potato. With a big company like them comes big money and I wanted a piece of it. The history of my evolution into becoming an enemy to Shell’s proposal is a long one but the gist of it is that the more I learned about the development, the more my hackles went up. I couldn’t believe what they were proposing and moreover, I couldn’t believe they were trying to tell us that it would all be okay.

I did the only thing I knew how to do, I sat in people’s kitchens and drank coffee with them and asked them for help in figuring out how we deal with these guys who were coming into our watershed telling us that they were pushing forward with a development that we didn’t want and couldn’t stop. I wasn’t branded an environmentalist. I was Gene Allen’s daughter so there were no worries about being a NIMBY or a CAVE’r. Everyone around here knows that if anyone is going to get on the development bandwagon, it would be my family.


5_SWCC Welder
Working in the oil sands, SWCC logo on helmet.


I went to my peer group, the rod and gun clubs, fishermen, the old farmers, the guide outfitters, hunters and trappers. These were simply the people I was comfortable talking to because they were people I could relate to. It wasn’t long before some people told us about the Tahltan and that I should head up there to meet some of them because they had blockaded some of these big developments. The Tahltan had long been supporters of development with most of BC’s major mining projects being proposed on their territory, so I was curious as to why they had changed their tune.

The Tahltan were no strangers to my family. My dad had horse traded for decades with some of the Tahltan guide outfitters. He would take his champion stud named Simon (after Simon Gunanoot, the famous Gitxsan outlaw) to breed the mares in Tahltan country and in three years, he would take half the foals back as broncs while the other half became mountain horses. Simon bred amazing broncs, some of the best in the world. He also had the perfect genetics for mountain horses with big, wide feet, strong backs and a quiet demeanor about them for packing hunters and gear.

I remember making the trip to Telegraph Creek every spring with a horse trailer full of 10 horses. One was Simon and the other nine were Simon foals that just didn’t buck. That was the thing about Simon foals, all of them were quiet and loved to snuggle but some of them genetically loved to buck while the others wouldn’t buck, ever. The ones who wouldn’t buck became great horses for kids or working in the mountains. We’d get into Telegraph, give the horses a day’s rest and protein-rich grain before turning them out into the hills. Fletcher Day, a Tahltan Chief and guide-outfitter would send his Tahltan wranglers out to gather his horses and off they would go with some halters and a bucket of oats. One-to-three days later they would return with all the horses that had been turned out for the winter. I don’t know what those wranglers ate or where they slept while they were out there but they came back looking as fresh as when they left. They would gather in the round-pen and everyone from the community would come out to watch Tahltan cowboys get on the three-year-old foals to see which ones would make their living on the rodeo circuit and which ones in the mountains. All the while, Simon was having a great time with the mares.




I didn’t enter into the Sacred Headwaters campaign as an enviro or a campaigner. I came into it as a concerned citizen, a cowgirl, a hunting guide and just talked about plain old common sense. People described it as a David and Goliath story but that never resonated with me because our region is where the power lies, not industry. If anything, we would be the Goliath. When we unite, we’re unstoppable. We’ve seen it time and time again. Industry has to come in here and tried to convince us that their project is worth it, that they are good, corporate citizens. They have to spend millions to figure everything out, to “consult” and try to earn social license. Some companies have realized that you can’t buy social license in the north, you really do have to earn it. Those are the companies I want to work with.

We don’t have millions. We don’t have slick PR budgets and executive types to woo government. We simply have our truth, our stories and our relationships with each other and to the land – those are assets I’d much rather have than vast amounts money any day. These companies have to counter our truth with all that money and history has shown that it just isn’t enough. If they come to our watershed, our communities and they don’t tell the truth or genuinely have our best interests at heart, they will lose. We have a culture of uniting against bad ideas. Government knows it and they refer to us as the “Republic of the Skeena” with Kitimat included. That makes me feel pretty damn good and has given so many others hope too – hope that they can stand up to ill-advised development and the big corporations behind them.


Ancient petroglyphs on the Skeena River. Photo: Jim Allen


“We simply have opposing world views,” was a comment made by one corporate executive. Well let me give you an education, sir. You don’t live here, you don’t depend on the return of the salmon each and every year and you don’t drink the water. When PR teams come to our communities I wonder if they recognize that the First Nations territory they’re proposing their development on is the only territory that nation has? If you’re Gitxsan and someone destroys your traditional territory, you don’t get to pull up stakes and move. You don’t get another traditional territory. You have only the territory that has been passed down to you from countless generations and that you are borrowing from the generations yet to come. We are left with the consequences of our own decisions and those of industry and government, whether they are positive or negative, and as such, we should be the decision makers.

The thing about being a northerner is (something us settler types learned from the First Nations), if the shopping sucks, or we don’t like our kid’s school, our jobs or the weather, we don’t move. We work our asses off to make our community better – we have to because no one else will. Opposing world views? This place is my whole world. It’s the centre of my universe. It’s my home. It’s where I was born, where my father was born and where my grandmother and great-grandparents were born and buried. It’s where I will be buried and my grandkids and their grandkids will continue on.

No amount of money can counter the truth. It can’t counter our commitment to our home and to our future generations. It can’t counter our real connections to this place and to our neighbours. We are the people who live here and as such, we have a say in what happens here. We have a big say!

The thing that lies between the bullshit future promised by liquefied natural gas (LNG) development and an economy and environment that actually works, is us. By “us” I mean the folks who make this watershed their home. We are the people we need to turn to. We tend to look around for someone to save us but we are it, and I thank the powers that be that it’s us. Who better? But that also means we gotta get our asses in gear. We’ve got a lot of work to do and if there’s anyone that can get it done it’s the citizens and First Nations of the Skeena watershed. I’m not trying to blow sunshine up anyone’s ass or give a false sense of hope. I simply know that we are winning.


Skeena salmon. Photo: Paul Colangelo


Wild Skeena salmon contribute $110 million to our economy every year. Guide outfitting contributes another $28 million. For a watershed of 50,000 people, that’s an awful lot of money. Every seven years it’s $1 billion just for keeping our watershed healthy. And that doesn’t take into consideration the sustenance or cultural value of these things.

I get pretty grouchy when someone tries to say that we can’t be against everything because we are not. There is over $10 billion dollars of development happening in northwest BC right now, that doesn’t include the Northern Gateway pipeline or a single LNG project. People have been shipped in from the USA, South Africa, Alberta, etc. to work the jobs that are in our watershed. It’s happening right now. We are already overwhelmed with development, hundreds of mining referrals, railway expansions, power projects, etc. Then you add LNG and it becomes something out of a science fiction movie. We are a resource extraction region, it’s what we do and we’re good at it. Not one single “enviro” group or First Nation is saying we need to stop all of it, but they are ALL saying that we need to stop the ridiculous proposals that give us more to lose than gain, that trade our wild-salmon economy for bigger corporate profits in some bank account with a mailing address in another country. We are reasonable folks who want reasonable solutions and it’s up to us to help build those solutions.

That’s where my head is at these days. I want solutions. I want to help figure out economic developments that will help us more than hinder us, build infrastructure that gives us employment and energy and does so without messing with our clean air, wild salmon or water. The more we look into this, the more we discover that there are alternatives – good ones. Ones we can implement right now. Machines that convert plastic into oil from plastic we can mine from our own landfills. Wood to gas electricity systems using sawdust from lumber mills, wind power, solar heat and power, and the list goes on and on. The more we research, the more solutions we find. If we had a tiny fraction of the PR budget being spent promoting LNG, we could be completely self-sufficient and even export power as additional income. The solutions exist.

LNG is natural gas that has been frozen to -160 Celsius to turn it from a gas to a liquid. The name “natural gas” is another slick PR deal. Because it’s called “natural” gas, it invokes a vision of some kind of organic product naturally emitted from the Earth that we capture and use for clean, green energy. I call bullshit.

The Northern Gateway pipeline will never be built, of that I have no doubt. It doesn’t mean there isn’t a lot of work yet to be done. It simply means that we have a big, bright light at the end of the tunnel. LNG is far worse than Northern Gateway in my opinion and we’ve got a government who has put the blinders on to try and bulldoze it all right through. Proposing terminals as big as oil sands infrastructure in our Skeena estuary where our wild salmon and steelhead go. Air quality assessments conclude these terminals will more than double the pollution in BC and result in acid rain. The gas supply will be obtained by drastically increasing fracking all over the Province when more and more countries are banning that practice daily. They’re changing our entire economic structure to be based on LNG and we don’t have a single buyer for our product. Even if we did, there are some pretty knowledgeable folks who say we don’t have the gas supply to keep the industry going long enough to pay back the investment. The problem I have with learning about LNG and educating people about LNG is that there is so much wrong with this industry that it makes it confusing. It’s so hard to keep track of all the government promises versus the contrasting reality.

The BC government is trying to get support by motivating people with fear, telling us how LNG will save us from the impending economic peril. They tell us that it will keep schools and hospitals open, that infrastructure will be maintained and the story goes on and on. Meanwhile, schools are being closed, hospitals are slammed and underfunded, ferry routes are being canceled and foreign workforces are still being shipped in.

Bottom line, it’s all bullshit and no matter how much perfume or potpourri you put on it, it’s still shit. Being a farmer, I’ve shoveled my fair share of bullshit and in the end, if we put it in its proper place, it can fertilize our gardens.

Time to get your shovel.


Shannon McPhail is a mother of two and the Executive Director of the Skeena Watershed Conservation Coalition, a non-profit group formed by friends, family and neighbors to fight proposed coalbed methane wells in the Sacred Headwaters of British Columbia where three of Canada's greatest wild salmon and steelhead rivers, the Skeena, Stikine and Nass, are born. On December 18, 2012, after a 10-year battle, the Sacred Headwaters received permanent protection. “My ultimate goal is to help people understand the true gift of living here and encourage active and informed citizenship.”

This story was first published on Shannon’s blog, From the Woodshed. With thanks to Moldy Chum.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Tying the Room Together - 2014 American Alpine Club Annual Benefit, featuring Yvon Chouinard
Written By: Patagonia

By Kelly Cordes


“Holy guacamole,” I mumbled to myself. “There are a lot of ties in this room.” Lots of exquisite dresses, too.

I was at the recent American Alpine Club Annual Benefit Dinner, which begs the question of place: What was my broke ass doing in a VIP seat, wearing a borrowed bow tie, at a fancy fundraiser?

It just so happens that I know people who know people who know people. Well, OK, the secret to my magic trick: Patagonia was the title sponsor, Yvon Chouinard the keynote speaker, and the dinner was in Denver – an hour and a half from my cabin in Estes Park.

I agonized over wardrobe. As a person, I’d planned on jeans and a T-shirt. After all, it shouldn’t matter how you look on the outside. Then again, we have cultural norms, and I didn’t want to disrespect anyone, no matter how silly the norm. Ahhh, the issues that burn.

[Above: We... are... family... Kelly CordesKate RutherfordSteve HouseLynn HillYvon ChouinardBrittany Griffith and Timmy O'Neill. Photo: Lee Pruitt] 

I hate ties. Nice shirt, fine. You’re wearing a shirt anyway (unless you’re a climber dude who wants to show-off his physique, in which case a beanie substitutes for a shirt). And you have to wear pants anyway, too (I don’t know if you know this or not, but you can get arrested without them). But a tie? A tie has to be the stupidest piece of attire in the whole entire world. Yet I have a soft spot for the bow tie. Don’t know why.

Regardless, a guy like me doesn’t miss many free dinners, and I knew enough to never scratch my head during the live auction. Some observations from the American Alpine Club (AAC) dinner:

• Several years ago the AAC made the wise decision to separate the fancy dinner from other events spread throughout the weekend. Some events are more open and appeal to the younger audience, while the fancy dinner is for fundraising and connections between old friends. We all get old, and memories are all we really have.

• My friend Janet Wilkinson was inducted as a new member to the AAC’s Board of Directors. Which is great not only because she’s a real-deal climber, smart, and about half the age of the typical BOD member, but because it immediately worked to my benefit. Her husband, my friend Freddie (who received the AAC’s literary award), came along and happened to have an extra bow tie. Bingo.


Janet wilkinson photo - kc bow tie IMG_9117
Kelly and Freddie tie one on. Photo: Janet Wilkinson

• Side note: On occasion I’ve been asked by active young climbers if they should attend the AAC dinner. (For 12 years I was one of the editors of the American Alpine Journal, and twice I attended annual dinners for work.) No way. If you’re scraping to spend all your money climbing, keep doing it. Climb. When we’re old, if we’re fortunate enough to be able to give back to the thing we love, do it then. But first, create the memories.

• Best comment at the Saturday panel discussion, The Extra (X) Factor: Pioneering Women in Climbing, came from Melissa Arnot. As the distinction between “climber” and “female climber” becomes less relevant in discussions of accomplishment, potential and drive, tiresome questions remain. When asked about motherhood, Arnot astutely replied that the question would never be asked on a panel of men.

Steve House, the finest American alpinist of his generation, and one of the best ever, received the Underhill Award for lifetime achievement. Little more needs said, as his incredible list of accomplishments speaks for itself. He does, by the way, have a new book out, with co-author Scott Johnston. It’ll surely become a bible for current alpinists: Training for the New Alpinism: A manual for the climber as athlete.


Steve House accepts the Underhill Award for lifetime achievement. Photo: Liz Cunningham  


• Jim Balog received the Brower Conservation Award for his incredible work with the Extreme Ice Survey and Earth Vision Trust (his nonprofit). His work is not only the definitive documentation of the world’s rapidly receding glaciers, but he’s trying to do something about it by advancing policy and education (by now, I think all but cave-dwelling troglodytes have plenty of “awareness” of the problem – Kickstarter climbing expeditions to raise awareness for global warming take note…).

• When it came time to support the youngsters emerging from climbing gyms, the “old guard” raised a shitton of money for a new AAC program to educate those making the transition from climbing indoors to climbing outside. It’s another problem of which, as per the abundance of yearly accident reports, we’ve got plenty of awareness. Much to their credit, the AAC is doing something about it.

• For the main event, Yvon spoke and showed old photos from his early life and progression, including the golden age in Yosemite, and held the audience of 600 rapt with his classic style – the one-liners, his sincerity, honesty and a spirit that values the past – without getting stuck in it – while looking to the future. That’s what I love about Yvon and the best of the old guard: they embrace what’s worth keeping and ditch the rest.


Yvon Chouinard gave the evening's keynote speech: "Yosemite: Our Pioneering Spirit." Photo: Lee Pruitt


A few more photos from the weekend:

Friday night event at Earth Treks gym in Golden, Colorado. Photo: Liz Cunningham


Celebrity climbing comp emcee, Timmy O'Neill, chats up Brittany Griffith and Lynn Hill. Photo: Lee Pruitt


Jenna 7
Lynn Hill came in second in the women's division and stole the applause from the crowd. Photo: Jenna Johnson


Jeremy Collins 3
Jeremy Collins, Jenna Johnson and that dude with the bow tie photobombing a perfectly nice moment. Photo: Jeremy Collins Collection


Steve House and Scott Johnston, co-authors of Training for the New Alpinism. Photo: Jimmy Hopper


Timmy O'Neill and the severely underdressed Jimmy Hopper. Photo: Jimmy Hopper Collection


Jeremy Collins 1
Yvon signs a Chouinard ice axe for one of the dinner guests. Photo: Jeremy Collins


When you think about it, as we age there is no greater honor than to watch the next generation go zooming past our previous highpoints. Everything builds on everything else. Maybe the unspoken goal of the AAC fundraiser dinner was to enable the zoom.

I still maintain that ties are stupid, but what we wore around our necks didn’t matter – a love of climbing really tied the room together.


Kelly Cordes specializes in margaritas, maximizing outdoor time and climbing alpine-style routes. Kelly is a regular contributor to The Cleanest Line and his unfiltered personal blog.

More coverage of the event and Yvon's speech:
"When Climbing Was Dangerous and Sex Was Safe" by John Heilprin, AAC
"Sharma to Chouinard in a Weekend" by Alison Osius, Rock & Ice

Ready to join the American Alpine Club? Become a member


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Wooden Big-Wave Guns: Two Techniques, Same Objective
Written By: Patagonia

By Dr. Tony Butt


Nowadays there are a lot of people making wooden surfboards. Environmentally it makes a great deal of sense. Wood is a natural, non-toxic material that is infinitely less harmful to work with than polyester, epoxy, polyethylene or polystyrene, and that can be assimilated back into the environment once the life of the board has ended. Also, wooden boards are generally made to last longer, which reduces the environmental footprint at the manufacturing end and at the waste-management end. And if the raw material (i.e. trees from the forest or offcuts from other industries) is extracted at a rate that is slower than the rate of natural re-generation of that material, a wooden board can be close to being truly sustainable.

When one thinks of modern wooden surfboards, those that immediately spring to mind are longboards, retro-fishes and single-fins – boards where a little more weight and perhaps a little less speed are not too much of an impediment. Boards for riders whose top priority is having fun without necessarily being able to land an aerial 360.

[Above: Patrick Burnett (left) with his 11’0” hollow wood board and Jason Hayes (right) with his 11’4” agave board.]

But extra weight is not necessarily too much of an impediment in another type of surfboard: the big-wave gun. Dropping down a giant wave, most of the time you need to control the speed you already have, rather than generate more speed. Some say that extra weight is actually an advantage in big surf, because it helps the board push through chop and reduces the effects of windage. That’s open to debate, but, whatever the case, a lighter board in big surf usually means a weaker one, and the last thing you want is for your expensive gun to snap on the first wave of the best day of the year.

From my own perspective, the idea of a wooden gun fits in very well with my passion for the environmental and with my passion for big waves. Calling myself a big-wave surfer and at the same time an environmental activist sometimes seems a little hypocritical, especially when I spend all day driving up and down the coast looking for the biggest, cleanest waves, and must always have a quiver of guns including back-ups in case they snap.

So, recently, at a fairly ‘mellow’ 15-foot day at Sunset Reef in South Africa, I was thrilled to bump into Patrick Burnett and Jason Hayes, both trying out for the first time serious guns that they had constructed out of wood. When I say ‘serious’ I mean 11’0” and 11’4” – lengths that could potentially be used to catch the biggest waves ever paddled into.

Of course, these are by no means the first wooden guns to be made, but probably the first ones anywhere in Africa or Europe. The interesting thing is that Patrick and Jason had each decided on a completely different construction method to achieve the same objective.

Sunset Reef. Photo: Javi Muñoz Pacotwo

Tony Butt (TB): What were the waves like and how did the board feel out at Sunset that day?

Patrick: It wasn't maxing but there were some really defined and good quality peaks breaking off the back. The board paddled very well, had a liveliness entering the wave and the drive that I needed through the bowl section. I was stoked!

Jason: Surfing the board out at Sunset Reef, on a fairly onshore 12- to 15-foot day, was not the ideal conditions to be surfing in. The board has more weight than the conventional foam guns and ended up not riding the bumps all that well. However, the other day I took the board out on a clean, 10 foot day with no wind and the board was magnificent.

TB: How is the board constructed?

Patrick: It's constructed using a hollow wood frame and rib method. Glassed with epoxy.

Jason: The board is constructed from many machined Agave stems that are made into stringers, and then laminated together with cold waterproof glue in a chosen rocker profile. This gives you the blank, which you then shape in the same way as a foam blank. The board is then glassed with epoxy.

TB: Why did you choose that method over other wooden board building techniques?

Patrick: I've been making hollow wood surfboards for six years. This is the method I have chosen to experiment with/perfect and I've made fishes, single fins, eggs, mini-malibus, longboards, the lot. I make my living from making these boards and so it followed that I would use it in making this board.

Jason: One reason I chose the Agave wooden board over other timber designed boards is that right from the beginning the process brings you closer to Nature. You first have to go out into the bush, choose each plant by hand and imagine how it will form part of the board. Then, once you have laminated it all together to form a blank, you have to use your carpentry tools to shape it into a surfboard. As a master carpenter by trade, I like the idea that the process is as close to carpentry as you can get.

TB: What are the dimensions of the board and why did you choose those particular ones

Patrick: It is 11’0” x 20.5” x 3.5” thruster. I wanted it to surf Sunset Reef. Sunset is a wave where you need the length because it moves so much water and the waves move so fast. You need a big board to be able to catch waves.

Jason: The dimensions are 11’4” x 22” x 3”. At the time I had not heard of a big wave gun longer than 11’2” in Cape Town or in South Africa and I had never heard of an Agave gun that long anywhere in the world. The width ended up 22” because I battled to get out more than 3” on thickness and so compromised with more width. Note that Agave plant grows up to 15 or 18 feet long, but you need extra length in the plant in order to get the rocker in the board.

This is what the agave plant looks like in the wild. The trunks are about 15 to 20 feet high.

Agave trunks ready to be brought back to the shaping room.

Jason with the 11’4” agave board.

TB: How many hours did the board take you to make?

Patrick: It is hard to say. I made it over a 4-5 month period and was working on many other boards at the same time. But I took my time on this one. At a rough estimate, up to 80 hours of labour. I was as meticulous as I could be.

Jason: The board took many days to make. First I had to drive into the bush and look for Agave plants, choose the ones I wanted, cut them down, load them up and drive back again. That took about two days altogether. Then stripping them down and getting them into stringers that I could laminate together took another couple of days, and the laminating itself took about a day. I haven’t shaped many boards before, so the shaping probably took me a lot longer than normal – about four days. The board was glassed by a friend of mine, which took him two days. So there you have it, around eleven days altogether.

TB: How did the idea of building a wooden gun evolve?

Patrick: I've been surfing bigger waves for about eight years. Boards I surf in other conditions are hollow wood surfboards that I made myself and it has always been in my mind that I also wanted my big wave board to be a hollow wood surfboard. The first hollow wood gun that I made was a 9’6” single fin. I surfed it once in eight-to-ten foot waves and then started to tinker with it in the workshop. Eventually I put it aside, unfinished, and stored the lessons it had taught me in my memory bank. That was about four years ago. When I started making this latest board I felt like I was ready to make it.

Jason: The idea to make an Agave gun was inspired by my friend legendary Cape-Town big-wave surfer Simon Lowe. Originally my plan was to make a Pat Curren Gun, 10’6”, shaping it as close to the original lines of that board as possible. But then Simon inspired me to make a more modern board that would surf much bigger waves than Curren surfed in the 1960s. I had already cut the Agave stems, and 11’4” was the biggest I could get out of them.

TB: Apart from the environmental side of things, what are the principle advantages and disadvantages of wood compared with plastic for big-wave guns?

Patrick: I think it is an area that I'm still learning about. I haven't surfed it many times and so it is a bit early to say. But there are a few things that I'm thinking about and exploring. Firstly, the strength of the board is in the rails and although I have put some reinforcements in the central area of the board, the strength remains in the rails. But there is still flexibility through the board. I could actually feel this flex in the board on some waves - there seemed to be a real 'spring' in it coming off the bottom and setting a rail. Given that wood has good flexibility and flex retention properties this has interesting performance implications. One of the tricky questions, however, is how much flex can be built for without compromising strength. I don't know. It's an experiment.

Jason: The principle advantage over plastic I would say, for this type of construction method anyway, is strength. Even though they have not been put to any proper tests, I have no doubt in my mind that these boards are extremely strong. You are using natural growth curves to strengthen your boards and by the end of it you have natural fibres from nose to tail, side to side and top to bottom.

TB: Some people don’t like the fact that these boards are heavier than plastic ones, yet others think that weight can actually be an advantage in big waves. What are your feelings on that?

Patrick: I feel that weight does help, but there's a tipping point. You don't want too much weight. The theory is weight helps with momentum and makes the board better able to handle chop, bumps etc. I'll go with that. But I think the other aspect to wood that is related to weight is how wood with its organic, cellular structure absorbs/transmits energy and deals with or dampens bumps, ribs and all the other extreme wave conditions that big waves present, given that the board is glassed anyway and that this will therefore negate some of the natural properties of wood. I think the right kind of weight in the right areas of the board can definitely be an advantage, but must also be seen in conjunction with other design elements like rocker, fins, rails etc.

Jason: Whether a heavier board will give you an advantage or not in big waves on a particular day probably depends on one or two other factors. For example, your own strength to weight ratio – lighter, fitter surfers are generally better paddlers, giving them an advantage for catching waves under normal circumstances. But if there is a lot of wind and chop coming up the face, then heavier surfers would have an advantage and lighter surfers might need to compensate for that weight advantage with a heavier board. Ideally, you would perhaps want to have a few different weight boards of the same length for different spots under different conditions.

Precision cut-out for Patrick's big-wave board build. Photo: Burnett Wood Surfboards on Facebook

Hollow core in progress. Photo: Burnett Wood Surfboards on Facebook 

Patrick with the 11’0” hollow wood board.

TB: What are the environmental advantages and disadvantages of your particular construction technique over other wooden board building methods?

Patrick: I can't answer this question – I haven't done or seen an analysis of hollow wood surfboards versus solid wood or chambered boards, for example. I have seen a study that compared polyurethane (PU) foam boards with hollow wood boards, and stated that wood surfboard production produced less than half the CO2 emissions and other noxious emissions of foam boards.

Jason: One advantage is that Agave is considered an alien species in South Africa, and it grows pretty fast. So, even though it would be best that they never appeared in the first place, cutting them down and making surfboards out of them is certainly not doing any more harm to the environment. The other advantage is that the core of the plant can also be used to make tequila.

TB: A friend of mine thinks that a surfboard to a big-wave surfer should be like a sword to a Samurai warrior: to be treasured and looked after during one’s entire life, and never replaced. Do you think we might ever get anywhere that concept, particularly with wooden boards, or does the constant evolution of design really mean we have to keep replacing them?

Patrick: With big wave boards I think the question gets taken out of your hands. A big wave will break anything if the board is put in the wrong position, no matter how you build for strength. For shorter wood boards where the power of the wave becomes less of an issue then, yes, it is realistic to have one board for a long period of time. The question also depends on the performance aspirations of the surfer in question – someone wanting to constantly push the boundaries of size and wave type is obviously going to have more of a motivation to experiment with design.

Jason: Your friend is correct in saying that these boards should be considered like Samurai swords. There is no reason why one should have to replace these boards if they are looked after properly. If you experiment a lot with boards, but then are lucky enough one day to find that ‘magic formula’ – a board that you would be quite happy to keep for the rest of your life – it makes total sense for that board to stay under your feet till the very end. And for that to happen, of course, the board must be strong enough.

TB: Is this just a one-off or do you envisage making more and perhaps selling these boards?

Patrick: It will be hard not to make more. They are such grand pieces and I get an enormous amount of satisfaction from the process and the final product. I always find surfing the boards I make is the greatest motivation to make more – it's in the interplay between surfer, board and wave that I make realisations about changes I'd like to experiment with.

Jason: This is definitely not a one-off. These boards inspire me tremendously. As a carpenter I can feel that making more of these boards will give me immense satisfaction. I would like to see more surfers riding these boards – worldwide. A dream of mine is to be able to make a board for someone, deliver the board personally and then join them for a session at their local break.

TB: Now after having tried the board out at Sunset, do you see any particular reason why it shouldn’t be ridden on much bigger waves?

Patrick: I see no reason why it shouldn’t be used on bigger waves. I plan to surf it regularly, to learn and discover what it is capable of.

Jason: After having tried the board at largish, lumpy Sunset Reef, I’m not sure if I’d personally want to charge bigger waves with it. Perhaps if conditions were super-clean and long-period with no wind, things might be different. I feel that, with the right conditions and the right surfer, 20-foot waves could be surfed with this board.

Dr. Tony Butt holds a BSc in Ocean Science and a PhD in Physical Oceanography. He lives most of the year in a forgotten corner of Northwest Spain, where he has pioneered a couple new big-wave spots and works with NGOs like Surfers Against Sewage and Save the Waves. He makes a meager living writing articles about waves and the coastal environment for Surfer’s Path and other publications. For more from Tony, check out his books Surf Science: an Introduction to Waves for Surfing (2004), The Surfers Guide to Waves, Coasts and Climates (2009), A Surfer's Guide to Sustainability (2011) and his previous articles here on The Cleanest Line.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
DamNation to Premiere at SXSW Film 2014
Written By: Patagonia

By Travis, Matt, Ben and Beda


10, 9, 8… the DamNation premiere countdown has begun! After three years of planning, researching, shooting and editing, the film is finally complete. And we’re thrilled to announce the world premiere of DamNation will be at South by Southwest (SXSW) in Austin, Texas. 

For those unfamiliar with the project:

This powerful film odyssey across America explores the sea change in our national attitude from pride in big dams as engineering wonders to the growing awareness that our own future is bound to the life and health of our rivers. Dam removal has moved beyond the fictional Monkey Wrench Gang to go mainstream. Where obsolete dams come down, rivers bound back to life, giving salmon and other wild fish the right of return to primeval spawning grounds, after decades without access. DamNation’s majestic cinematography and unexpected discoveries move us through rivers and landscapes altered by dams, but also through a metamorphosis in values, from conquest of the natural world to knowing ourselves as part of nature.

[Above: Official film poster for DamNation. Click for larger image.]

It has been a huge team effort. To all of you who have been helping and following our progress, thank you for your patience, support and energy throughout the process. We are humbled by the continued interest and excitement around DamNation.

Making this film has been one of the most challenging and rewarding experiences of our lives. To premiere DamNation at SXSW is an absolute dream come true. Our goal, since day one, has been to reach a broad audience with the film and we are confident that the size, location and diversity of events at SXSW will launch DamNation on an incredible journey.

SXSW2014_Logo_Film_RGB2For Everyone in Austin and Those Attending SXSW

Come to the premiere! We would love to see you there. Details are on the SXSW Film page for DamNation (date and location coming soon). Follow us on Facebook or Twitter for updates on panels and after-parties.

For Everyone Else Who Would Like to See the Film

Premiering the film is just the first step. DamNation will be screening at film festivals nationally and internationally throughout 2014. Sign on to our e-mail list to receive updates at  

Beyond film festivals, we are embarking on a nine-city U.S. tour this April-May, and we are partnering with non-profit groups across the country to host screenings of the film in a town near you. The U.S. tour will be coming to Seattle, Portland (OR), San Francisco, Santa Barbara, Santa Monica, Denver, Washington DC, New York City and Portland (ME). Please join us at one of the tour stops – the whole film crew and some of the starring characters will be there, along with local non-profit groups who are working on river restoration projects in your area.

An Elwha River chinook comes to rest below the now removed Elwha Dam on Washington’s Olympic Peninsula (fall 2011). Photo: Ben Knight

If you would like the film to come to your town, ask your local river restoration or recreation group, club, church or school to e-mail us. We are making it easy to show DamNation locally and will provide critical tools to help make your event a success. Non-profit and educational screenings begin May 1, 2014; our goal is to have over 500 screenings in 2014.

DamNation will be available to download through our website, iTunes, and other streaming video services by mid-summer 2014. As the distribution of DamNation evolves we will keep you posted. Stay tuned to, Facebook and Twitter for the latest news, action alerts and updates.

We’re ready to blow this film up and we can’t wait for the premiere. As the explosives expert says before blasting an old dam, “Fire in the hole!”

[Video: DamNation - Official Film Trailer on Vimeo.]

Travis Rummel, Matt Stoecker, Ben Knight and Beda Calhoun are the filmmakers behind DamNation.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Winter Running
Written By: Patagonia

By Rhonda Claridge


From my house, at 9,800 feet elevation in the Colorado Rockies, I have to run downhill first. Above is sealed under feet of unrunnable, soft, post-holing snow. So it’s downhill, passing beneath nine avalanche slidepaths on a snow-packed road, often in a howling, pushy wind that streams old snow around in phantoms. I wear neon colors so that drivers can see me emerging from those white squalls. Through my clothes, the blasts to my skin feel more like a burning than a chilling.

As I descend, the open valley drops between the ridges, and conditions improve. I can see the road underfoot now, though it’s dark because of my sunglasses, necessary only to protect my eyeballs from being pelted. While I can see, I step on the crinkled tracks from tire treads and chains, which provide traction, or I stay in the loose snow on the road edges where there is no ice. Still, a leg shoots out wildly and my heart jumps as I find a way to get it back under me and recover my balance.

[Above: Claridge descending between snow walls in the southern San Juan Mountains. Photo: Himay Palmer]

A thousand feet lower, I’ve passed under a shifting cliffband that fires down cannonballs in the afternoons when the snow melts, and now I’m protected from the wind, running under giant cottonwoods that creak and tinkle. Still descending, I feel warm and happy to be out observing the frozen beaver ponds and brittle reeds, the clean, white meadows. If the sky is grey, inevitably little white feathers appear and do not melt when they land, and then whole pillows of them fall, and the wind thrusts down, so that when I reach my goal distance and turn around it holds me in place for a second.

Moving uphill into the wind is when I have to exercise willpower: “The faster you go, the warmer you’ll be.” My forehead freezes despite the wool ski hat I wear, sort of like an ice-cream headache, without the ice cream, just the energy drink in my water bottle, a slushy that ices me on the inside when I swallow it. The air seems to be making tiny incisions in my lungs, and the snow feathers buzz down my throat like ghost flies. Soon my glasses fog up and the fog freezes so that I’m nearly blind. “The faster you go, the sooner you’ll be home.” If a car stops and the driver offers me a lift, I answer, “No thanks,” frozen-faced, like somebody who just got a tooth pulled. After the car vanishes, I feel a little wave of self-pity. Usually, there are no cars.

One day, I round a corner in time to see a coyote trot across the road and up the hillside, where it stops next to another coyote, and they both stare down at me. “Two?” I usually see one alone, if any. Still shuffling uphill around the corner, I break stride. Another coyote stands on the far side of the road, looking at me impassively. The eyes of this third one, its body motionless and face expressionless, follow me as I carefully cross between it and the others on the hillside. “Three coyotes versus one tired, freezing woman,” I’m thinking, and aloud I say “Don’t!” to the closest one, for what it’s worth. Its dark eyes convey neither aggression nor fear.

Back home, I close the basement door, quickly shutting out the white howl like someone in a B horror movie. Snow dust hits the glass pane. My hands are too numb to undo the knots in my shoelaces, so I just stand there huffing interjections. “Are you okay?” my husband asks, coming over and cupping my hands between his.

Though I love backcountry and Nordic skiing, I mostly endure winter running as a necessary activity to prepare for summer ultra-racing. With no affordable gym within an hour’s drive and no room in our house for a treadmill, I submit myself to Ullr, Lord of Winter, and hope for mercy. I’ve learned that keeping a gator over my mouth allows me to run with bronchitis, though the tradeoff is asphyxia, and that, in a pinch, I can use puppy pick-up bags for gloves. And I’ve come to appreciate the solemn beauty of those winter runs – the blue-lit slopes, the forest of leafless trees creating a delicate veil over the hillside, snow banners combed from the ridges across an alpenglow sky. When the earth shifts and the road thaws, I come home with mud coating the backs of my legs. One afternoon I see a flash of movement and my first thought is “coyote,” but it is sky crossing the surface of water in a gap between reeds, the ice now gone.

Late in spring I’m 40 miles into a race outside of Bryce Canyon National Park in southwestern Utah, climbing out of Big Hollow. It’s a south-facing airless hillside with little shade and a relentless afternoon sun. I’m feeling stumbly and sleepy in the heat. “If only,” I actually have the nerve to think, “if only an icy gust would blow on my face.” So fickle is the memory, so ephemeral the seasons.

Claridge headshot_2

Rhonda Claridge teaches English at Colorado Mesa University. In her free time, she writes and runs long distances in the Southern Rockies. In 2013, she ran the length of Great Abaco Island in the Bahamas, 120 miles, to raise money for conserving reefs in marine parks. Read more of her work at Photo: Heidi Attenberger.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries: Starting Small - The Year of Big Ideas 2014
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

Dbd_year_big_ideas_2014_2Plastic bags. They clog drawers, landfills, coastlines and trailheads. Recycling them is confusing and inefficient. But what if there was a way to turn the trash into something of value? Enter Industrial Designer Will Wells. Today, we bring you our annual Year of Big Ideas. We talked to contributors and friends about their goals for the coming year. Here’s to going big, traveling to new places and trying something new. And here’s to making something that will inspire others, even if it’s small. Happy 2014.

[Listen to "Starting Small" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud]

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunesRSSSoundCloud and Stitcheror connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and TwitterThe Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production. 

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Tenkara with Yvon Chouinard and Patagonia
Written By: Patagonia

By Jess McGlothlin, Fire Girl Photography


My watch battery died within ten minutes of setting foot on the plane about to whisk me out of Great Falls, Montana.

I should have realized it for what it was: a sign things were about to change.

I had left behind an increasingly weird existence on the Missouri River front and hopped a plane to Salt Lake and then on to Jackson Hole. The job was to cover a Patagonia women’s fly fishing press event held near Ashton, Idaho. For my part, I hopped on that plane feeling sick, stressed and generally pretty damn tired.

Forty-eight hours later found me tenkara fishing and wading on an Idaho river with Yvon Chouinard, arguably the founding father of outdoor retail as we know it today, feeling better than I have all year. Yvon, or YC as the Patagonia team calls him, founded the company in 1972 as Chouinard Equipment. He’s an old-school gentleman; patient, soft-spoken, full of incredible knowledge and incredibly, undeniably quotable.

Yvon took two days out of his hectic schedule to spend with our little group of outdoor female journalists – yes, I was pleased to discover there are a few others out there, we’re just a little hard to find – and teach us the art of tenkara.

I was struck by the strangeness of the situation as I sat down to have a cup of hot tea with Yvon the first morning. We were the first ones up in the group, and it took me a minute to place who the kind gentleman wandering around the little kitchen was, looking for a saucepan to heat water.

We ended up talking about Russian salmon fishing while watching the sun rise over the Tetons.

After a brief run-through of the new Patagonia women’s fly fishing line, premiering in 2014 (it’s totally, incredibly awesome), we geared up and hiked down to the river to set up our tenkara rods.



After spending the summer on the ‘Mo dealing with more than my share of hyped-up frat boy fishermen who are trying to grab my bum while bragging about how far they can “chuck that fly,” the simplicity immediately appealed. I held the two-and-a-half foot telescoping rod in my hand and grinned, already imagining how easy it would be to manage the rod and camera gear simultaneously.

I tested that theory multiple times over the two-day event, and can report that it makes a world of difference.

More about the art of tenkara will come in a series of magazine articles – more on that soon – but suffice to say it’s all about boiling it down to the basics. No reel. When not in use, we stored the line on paper clips Yvon had rubber banded to the rods. We were each given three flies, special soft hackles tied by the man himself.

And when, on the second day, I set a personal record – fourteen fish in under two hours, including my first ever double – I can safely say I was standing in the river grinning like an idiot.

Of the dozen or so women on the trip, only three of us had fly fished before. And every single lady had multiple fish landed by the end of the trip, a fact we celebrated with a riverside dinner and drinks on the last night.

Having the rare opportunity to talk one-on-one with Yvon about fishing, business and life in general has provided more inspiration than I have felt in long time. I am ready to move on, ready to pursue new projects, and overflowing with new ideas.

So here’s to new passions, new opportunities and new adventures. And the most incredible people we meet on the way.



Jessica McGlothlin is a passionate writer and photographer who's always had an affinity for the outdoors and travel. Growing up in various locations across the United States and playing in the wide-open spaces of the West, Jessica is most at home on the road in wild and rugged locales. You can see more of her work at Fire Girl Photography.

The new Patagonia Women's Fly Fishing line -- including the Women's Spring River Waders -- is now available at and fly fishing retailers. You can read more about the products at Hatch Magazine, Style of Sport, Adventure Journal and Women's Movement. Stay tuned for more information on how you can get started Tenkara fishing.  

Check out some more photos from this event by photographer Jeremy Koreski (@jeremykoreski).







Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Solutions Series, Part 3: Dive In
Written By: Patagonia

By Annie Leonard, The Story of Stuff Project

Annie_bio_photoA few months ago, we started a conversation about solutions with the Patagonia community.  We identified three areas where solutions are needed most:  our communities, our businesses, and our governments. Last time we talked about solutions in our communities – the closest place to home. This time, we’ll offer some contacts for rolling up your sleeves and diving in.

The only bright side about our current system being so messed up is that there are any number of ways to dive in and make things better – so many options, in fact, it can be hard to decide where to begin. My advice? Follow your passion. If gardening excites you, form a group to reclaim vacant lots for community gardens. Is education your thing? Volunteer to help local schools green their operations and engage the kids in activities like stream cleanups. Love biking? Recruit some fellow cyclists and work for bike lanes in your town. It doesn’t matter so much where you plug in, as long as you’re sharing your skills and passion with others in your community.

The beauty of community-based solutions is that you can start today. Grab a friend and get going. There’s no need to be part of a national or international network to get started making change in your community. On the other hand, networks can be a great source of inspiration, advice, and lessons learned. Here are some of my favorite networks working on solutions at the community level.

Transition Towns. The Transition Town network started in 2006 in Totnes, a small town in southwestern England.  The network has since grown to include over 1,000 Transition Towns in more than 40 countries. In these communities, people are working together to figure out how to reduce carbon emissions and build happier, stronger, more resilient communities. Transition groups meet regularly and discuss plans for everything from zoning to encouraging local food production. It’s a great way to get to know your neighbors and start your community on a path towards sustainability. The Transition Towns Network has published  a primer with advice for getting started. Check here to see if there is already a Transition group in your community. If not, download the guide and get started.

Zero Waste Communities. If you’re like me – eager to take waste reduction efforts beyond our kitchens and into our communities – working for a Zero Waste goal in your community is a great place to start. You’ll be in good company, as dozens of communities all over the world are adopting Zero Waste policies.  Reducing a community's waste to zero is a long haul, but setting an official goal helps ensure that steps along the way move in that direction.  Many cities around the world have made serious progress, some reducing household waste by more than 80 percent. For tips on getting started, check out the Grassroots Recycling Network or GAIA: the Global Alliance for Incinerator Alternatives.

Sharing. Sharing is having such a renaissance that it even has a new name: collaborative consumption. It's one of my favorite solutions because it does two things we desperately need: It helps us use less stuff and it builds community. By sharing, we can increase the efficiency of materials used – for when 10 families share a power drill, there's no need for each to buy their own. And to share we have to talk, to know each other, and to build trust, the secret sauce of thriving communities. Sharing can be as simple as weekend swap meets for kids' clothing or camping gear, or more sophisticated, like the online platform Check out for inspiration and advice to ramp up sharing in your community. Less stuff, more fun!

And don’t forget to check out our latest film, The Story of Solutions.

[Video: The Story of Solutions by storyofstuffproject.]

There are literally thousands of organizations promoting a multitude of community-based solutions. We’d like to hear from you. What solutions are you working on in your community? What resources were most helpful for you?

Annie Leonard is the founder of the The Story of Stuff Project. She has dedicated nearly two decades to investigating and organizing on environmental health and justice issues. Her monthly podcast series, The Good Stuff, features interviews with inspiring activists, entrepreneurs, scientists and others who’ve succeeded in making change.

Read the entire Solutions series:
Solutions Series, Part 1: Babies in the River
Solutions Series, Part 2: Solutions in Our Communities
Solutions Series, Part 3: Dive In
Solutions Series, Part 4: coming soon



Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Tributaries – An International Fly Fishing Film of Contrast and Commonality
Written By: Patagonia

By RC Cone


Here I am in the middle of the hair-pulling, eye-bulging screen time that is post production. Another 14-hour day and I need fresh air. I go for long walks under the stars and think about the night skies of the Bahamas, Iceland and Patagonia.

After my last film, Breathe, I really wanted to explore the wider implications of fly fishing. How does our sport fit into the world? What is this worldwide community like? What are the differences and similarities on a global scale? Instead of a personal journey, I wanted to explore the world’s waters and the cultures that inhabit them.

I thought about the places and fish that enticed me – and booked flights. I put 90% of my belongings in storage, cancelled my cell phone service and disconnected the battery from my truck, consumed goodbye beers.

[Above: Prescott Smith chases bonefish on the flats of Mastic point, Andros Island, The Bahamas. All photos courtesy of RC Cone]

I’m nervous, excited and anxious. Breathe was an eye-opener for me personally and I have a strong feeling Tributaries will do the same and more.

My plan was to meet up with three guides in three very different places – Iceland, Argentina and the Bahamas – and immerse myself in local language, culture and fly fishing. I didn’t have many preconceptions and I wanted my experiences in each locale to dictate the path of Tributaries as a film. The goal was to truly embed myself and be present wherever I was at the moment.

A one-man filmmaking and fishing crew travels like a wrecking ball. Loaded with pound upon pound of photography equipment and fishing gear, for three diverse climate zones, I staggered off towards my first stop: the Bahamas.

I arrived on Andros Island in the Bahamas excited for the bonefishing and tropical weather – those things are definitely there, but there’s so much more. Actually, there’s nothing there. I expected huge resorts with sunburnt tourists in fanny packs lounging by the pool ordering room service.

Nope. Not even close.

Calling the roads pothole-infested is an understatement; the worst Montana dirt road doesn’t have anything on the Queen’s Highway, the main road through and around Andros Island. Between dodging holes and dodging other cars dodging holes, one can go miles before seeing a settlement or another person.

In the Bahamas, bonefish are everywhere you look. Of course, I could never spot them, but my guide, Prescott Smith, has the third sense. Once I saw them, it’d be too late. They’d be jetting off, laughing at my northern ineptness. Bonefish make reels scream. Pound for pound, they are amazing fish to chase and watching them dart around the flats like fighter jets is quite the experience.

Prescott knows that in a country whose number one economic generator is tourism, the flats are their most important resource. He sees fly fishing as his vehicle – training other guides, teaching the big-wigs and business men that visit him the importance of the flats, always staying involved with the young government on issues that concern Bahamians. He works tirelessly to empower everyone around him through fly fishing. Through his lodge and his organizations – the Bahamas Fly Fishing Industry Association (BFFIA) and the Bahamas Sportfishing Conservation Association (BSCA) – Prescott has worked diligently for 20 years to give local Bahamians a stake in the greatest resource they have: the flats.

Prescott says, “I wouldn’t fly fish if I didn’t believe it can lead to something more.”


Prescott Smith poses in front of his most important natural resource: the flats.


What do you get with the largest flats in the world? The largest concentration of bonefish.


Prescott Smith returns to his boat after a long day of bone fishing at Mastic Point, on the northeastern end of Andros Island.


The dock at Stafford Creek Lodge, on Andros Island in the Bahamas, on a starry Caribbean night.

My favorite Icelandic word is “yes.” It’s spelled but pronounced “Yow.” In Iceland, with Siggi Hauger, “” is all you can say. Siggi fishes for 12 hours a day. The sun doesn’t go down, there are salmon running the rivers, and the scenery is beautiful. Já, Já, Já, Já, Já, Já is the name of the game in the land of Vikings.

Salmon rivers; never-setting sun; hardcore, stoic fishermen – it’s amazing. I fished with Siggi for two weeks before ever having time to sit at a computer. That’s how nonstop this fishing culture is. Three different rivers, 12-plus hour days and SO MANY salmon landed made my trip to Iceland a total blur. I would’ve been exhausted if I had time to think. Where am I? What day is it? I lived the life of an Icelandic guide: out by 7am, back by 11pm and ready to do it again the next day. This is how they do it.

Siggi likes to laugh. Big jokes are accompanied by a big laugh from a big guy. The fly he invented, the Hauger, is in the fly boxes of most guides around the country. He said to me, over many cups of morning coffee and cigarettes, “You’re only ready to fish when you’re ready to fish.” He’s never in a hurry to get to the water, except when he’s fighting a fish. I’ve heard it called the Siggi Sway. He tugs on fish like a Viking pillaging a town, with absolute conviction and zero hesitation.

One night, around 3am, scotch finished, sun already rising, Siggi threw a curveball at me. He started talking about how salmon learn to slap leaders in an attempt to escape with their tails. Was it genetics? A learned behavior? Instincts? I’m pretty sure Nietzsche’s name was mentioned somewhere in the conversation but you’ll have to ask Siggi. It was over my head.


Eastern Iceland meets the Arctic Ocean at the start of another day.


Siggi Haugur walks into his favorite pool on the Hofsa River in Eastern Iceland.


Watching a giant salmon rise to the surface and take a fly is something that should be on everyone’s bucket list. Hofsa River.


Dark, imposing weather frequently backdrops salmon fishing in Iceland.

If Siggi is the booming Viking and Prescott the philosophical, purpose-driven fisherman, my next stop in Argentina, with Tuqui Viscarro, was where I met the fun-loving angler who sums up the connection between all three guides, and us all.

Once you get on the water, its one world.

Everyone talks about Patagonia. I get it now. Some of the biggest brown trout I’ve ever caught; a 5000 kilometer road trip across Argentina; a horse-accessed, barely fished, private creek; lamb lunches made by legitimate gauchos. Whoa.

I was completely out of my element fishing for salmon and bonefish, but creeping around with a 4 weight is my kind of water. Further, this area of Patagonia feels like my home in Montana. Big sweeping grasslands, willow-infested river valleys, muy frio en la mañanas y noches, yet warm enough for nice hatches during the day. The people even remind me of home – I met a few of the ski instructor/fishing guide types in Junin de los Andes. Even though I was completely foreign and barely spoke the language, Argentina felt more familiar than anywhere else I’d been that year.

I was proud to become Tuqui’s personal cebador, the one responsible for making the mate. Shake out the dust, make sure the water is hot but not boiling, take the first drink to clear the shake, and keep that mate gourd rotating! Also, if someone hands you a gourd, don’t say thank you until you’re actually done with the mate, they’ll just keep handing it to you.

Patagonia life blends new and old. Tuqui himself is quite the animated, social dude with a dedicated passion for sharing the joy of fishing with as many people as possible. He honks at everyone, waves “hi” and will always stop for a conversation on the street. Tuqui’s gaucho roots emphasize a connection to the natural world that makes him a perfect ambassador for his favorite thing in the world: water.


Tuqui Viscarro sets up to fish Spring Creek in Northern Patagonia, Argentina.


Tuqui plays one of the many Argentine trout on his favorite 2-weight fly rod.


Fooling big browns on a fly is one of the more rewarding Argentinian experiences.


Lamb asado after a long rainy day exploring new water, in a secret location, with legitimate Argentine gauchos on horseback.

Now, back in the U.S. of A., I’m trying to tell this story, and I realize the story has been there the entire time. Although we are an international crew of fly fishers, and although we fish for different fish with different styles, it’s the water that connects us. We’re all stakeholders in having clean water. Why can’t we, as the fly fishing community, be the leaders and take charge in preserving the one thing that brings vitality to our existence?

After meeting these three guides, I realized we can. A gold mine in Bristol Bay, Alaska and the issues associated with not-so-eco tourism in the Bahamas concern us all. They are both, theoretically and technically, issues that concern the same water. When you’re fishing in the Bahamas, you’re fishing water from Alaska, Iceland water in Argentina, African water in Australia, etc., etc. – and vice versa. The realization: fly fishing is a powerful current that unifies an even stronger worldwide community.

[Video: Tributaries Fly Fishing Film Trailer #1 from RC Cone.]

Tributaries is a journey to uncover the commonality among different cultures, people and water. It explores the contrasting experiences of three diverse guides – a Bahamian flats-drifter, a Patagonian trout bum and a Viking-blooded Icelander. Three stories merging into one: a tribute to the world’s water. Tributaries is an official selection of the 2014 F3T and 2014 Rise film festivals. Full-length downloads are available at and begin at $4.

Watch the full film now.

RC Cone is a photographer and filmmaker currently living in Portland, Oregon (that’s where his bike is at least). When he was 18, RC moved from the flatlands to Big Sky Country and graduated from the University of Montana with a camera and a degree in Environmental Studies. He and his camera have travelled around four continents and dream everyday of new adventures. Get his latest updates on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries: If You Build It
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

Dbd_if_you_build_itPowerful ideas often demand that we leave the comfort of a safety net. We quit a nine to five. We take out a second mortgage on our house. Along the way, we can expect to be called crazy one day and brilliant the next. In the late 1990s, Jeff Pensiero had an idea, to build a backcountry ski lodge that catered to snowboarders. It was outlandish – targeting a market that barely existed – and yet perfect. But, like any dream, it took years of sweat, worry, right-people-right-time connections, and damn good perseverance to make it all look seamless. From the shores of Lake Tahoe to the world renowned slopes of Baldface Lodge, we bring you one snowboarder’s journey to create his dream.

[Listen to "If You Built It" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud]

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Snow Tsunami in Tibet – A Mentoring Expedition for Young Slovenian Alpinists
Written By: Patagonia

By Luka Krajnc, photos by Marko Prezelj


After years of discussion, the Alpine Association of Slovenia (formerly Slovenian Alpine Club) established a program for young motivated alpinists in order to help them get the experience needed for achieving the goals they dream about. Mentoring seven different characters with various goals and ambitions (and our soaring egos), is not an easy task. We needed a leader.

Marko Prezelj is a strong character himself and someone who has plenty of experience. He proved to be perfect for the job. He helped combine us into an active group of friends who, over a series of trips around Europe, developed a strong bond. In September, we headed towards Tibet in a search of unforgettable moments and colorful experiences. Looking back now, I think we succeeded...

[Above: The town of Nyalam, two hour’s drive from the Nepalese/Tibetan border, proved to be a good starting point for our initial acclimatization climbs. Sadly, what was once a small, pristine Tibetan village is now a concrete-covered town full of soldiers and wealth-seeking traders. Photo: Marko Prezelj]


The local Tibetan tribes still make their living by helping expeditions and trekking groups pack their food and equipment to base camp. One of the yaks became fed up with his load and started running down a steep hill, wildly kicking and trying to get rid of everything attached to it. In the process, it sent our insulated meat box flying through the air, scattering all of our meat around a steep hill. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Marko jokingly asked me if I ever thought I would have to pick up frozen meat from a steep hill, and I replied that I didn’t but those chickens probably never thought they would fly again either. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The first nights were chilly and it was obvious the local animals have adapted to the cold environment way more than us. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The first view of our objective, Phola Gangchen, and its neighbors amazed us. The energy of the group changed and our jokes stopped for a while. You could feel the vibe in the air as our minds swirled with a million different thoughts. Photo: Marko Prezelj


We set our base camp on a flat grassland next to an idyllic lake. It served as a great starting point for our climbs and provided scenic views of the amazing landscape that surrounded us. Photo: Marko Prezelj


A sense of exploration guided us towards undiscovered terrain. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Marko, the two Lukas, Nejc and Martin found an aesthetic line following a series of ridges and slabs with variable rock. Photo: Marko Prezelj


After a comfortable bivy under a steep serac band, snowy ramps led to the top of Ice Tooth. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Cleaning and preparing the steep moraine bank occupied us for a whole day before we were able to start exploring the approach towards Phola Gangchen’s east face. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The approach itself demanded plenty of ingenuity. Photo: Marko Prezelj


A broken glacier followed. The next morning Luka Lindic and Marko went on another reconnaissance mission with the goal of finding a passage through the seemingly endless labyrinth of collapsed ice. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Additional snowfall didn’t make the job any easier but after another day of searching, they came back to base camp with the discovery of a dangerous exit to the plateau. Photo: Marko Prezelj


A week of unsettled weather followed and we used the short sunny windows for bouldering around base camp. Photo: Marko Prezelj


We kept our bodies and minds occupied with a wide spectrum of activities. When the good weather arrived, we again split into three teams for two objectives. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Tadej Krišelj and I got tempted by the Eiger Peak’s north face. After an early start and steady progress the weather turned bad and it started snowing heavily. In the middle of a snow storm we decided it was time to go down. Some stressful hours of snowy rappels followed. An avalanche, that on the last rappel buried Tadej neck deep, provided extra spice to a day already full of close calls and intense experiences. Photo: Tadej Kriselj


Digging out a friend and hoping that the next avalanche would wait just a few more minutes gave me extra strength – more likely it was my body releasing adrenaline as a reaction to all the stress it was under. In those moments, our survival instincts were even more intensely felt. Photo: Luka Krajnc


After a day of waiting in a tent under the wall, we woke up to a meter and a half of fresh snow and no sign of improving weather. During a tough day of gazing through deep unsettled snow in thick fog I developed snow blindness which pinned us down in the middle of the glacier for another day. Photo: Tadej Kriselj


Improvisation was the name of the game. On the seventh day, we returned to base camp exhausted but happy to be alive. Photo: Luka Krajnc


In the same period of time, Marko together with Luka Lindic, Nejc Marcic, Martin Žumer and Luka Stražar approached the northeast ridge of Phola Gangchen. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Searching for moderate passages in virgin steep terrain proved challenging due to poor conditions on ice and snow. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Reaching a snow couloir helped with the fluidity and speed of our progress. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The first day of climbing ended late at night on steep terrain with an exposed bivy and a magnificent view in the morning. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Although the clouds were visually attractive, the message they carried was everything but that. Photo: Marko Prezelj


With the end of the snowstorm nowhere on the horizon, the seriousness of the situation became obvious. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Hibernating and hoping for the snow to stop. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Empty hopes resulted in the decision to escape. The chaos of avalanches created a unique atmosphere during endless rappels. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Our awareness of how much snow actually fell became apparent when we reached the glacier. Photo: Marko Prezelj


What was once a two-hour approach, transformed into a physically and mentally exhausting descent that lasted two full days. Photo: Marko Prezelj


“Maybe they are okay, maybe not. We go!” Those were the words of our kitchen staff when all three of them decided to escape from base camp while we were on the mountains. However, too much snow prevented them of doing so – they were only able to break trail for a couple hundred meters towards Nyalam. When everyone finally returned to base camp, we were overfilled with feelings of joy and friendship. It created an evening full of positive energy and pristine moments, our eyes sparkling from excitement and relief. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The unexpected “snow tsunami,” caused by a typhoon in the Indian Ocean, dumped almost one-and-a-half meters of snow (five feet) in only three days. Evacuation from the destroyed base camp was necessary. Photo: Marko Prezelj


Happy faces back in civilization with all the comforts of modern life. Our equipment is still in base camp; we took only bivy equipment and personal gadgets. It was an interesting feeling to leave all of our material goods behind, without any regrets. Photo: Marko Prezelj


The team. Back row (left to right): Laza (cook assistant), Tadej Krišelj, Luka Krajnc, Marko Prezelj. Middle row: Tsering Dorje (cook assistant), Miha Gašperin (doctor), Martin Žumer, Luka Lindic, Nejc Marcic. In front: Karma Sherpa (cook), Luka Stražar. Photo: Marko Prezelj

Luka Krajnc lives in Celje, Slovenia where he is a member of the Celje - Nut mountaineering club. Luka competed in the last two Ice Climbing World Cups for team Slovenia, but his heart lies in the steep walls of the Dolomites. When he needs a break from climbing, Luka enjoys windsurfing and running.

Fellow Slovenian climber, Marko Prezelj, feels drawn to mountains because the outcome of every day is a mystery. He’s a Chemical Engineering graduate from Ljubljana University, and a husband and father of two. Marko and longtime climbing partner Steve House have shared previous stories on The Cleanest Line from K7 West, Cayesh and Makalu.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
China Jam – Free Climbing the South Pillar of Kyzyl Asker
Written By: Patagonia

By Nico Favresse, photos by Evrard Wendenbaum


October, 2013: Yes! We (Evrard, Sean, Stéphane and I) have hit civilization and made it back from the Chinese mountains. Thank God, food tastes so good now. And what a treat it is to be able to take hot showers whenever. Sorry for the lack of news. Again, all sat phone credits had to be sacrificed for phone sex to release some tension in our team, obviously crucial for our climbing.

We spent the first week in the mountains just exploring all the valleys around us, looking for interesting climbing targets. We also tried to climb during that first week but everyday the beautiful weather turned into a snowstorm by the afternoon. We realized with the particularly cold temps and fresh snow, we could only consider rock climbing on the south faces hoping the sun would heat things up a bit. This criteria narrowed down our choices a lot but we finally found what we were looking for: A big wall with plenty of potential to keep ourselves busy for a while. It was, in fact, the 1400m South Pillar of Kyzyl Asker (5842m) that attracted us. It's long, steep and high with rock of great quality mixed in with lots of white “things” on the upper part of the wall. I was excited by the prospect that this experience would be something quite different from all the other big walls I had climbed before.

It took us another week to bring all our gear, food and musical instruments up the long glacier to the base of the wall. The last two days, we finally had perfect weather and started climbing with our load, and fixed the first 400m of the wall. Right away we were very impressed by the quality of the rock but also by its crazy hueco shapes which made for some unique climbing.

It was finally on September 10th that we left the ground with 15 days worth of vertical life supplies. We spent the whole day hauling all our gear up the 400m of fixed terrain. We were very heavy and the altitude was pumping our hearts so hauling turned out to be a lot harder than anticipated. Around 2:30 a.m. we could finally relax and eat our lyophilized, or freeze-dried, meals mixed with funky Chinese additions, comfortably installed on our portaledge.

The next couple of days the weather maintained itself perfectly, the best so far! But I caught a cold so I couldn’t do anything other than just stay on the portaledge while Sean, Steph and Evrard made steady progress. It’s really amazing how the feeling of being on a portaledge changes radically when you are not feeling well. It felt like hell! Inside the fly everything was constantly frozen and moving around. Even melting snow cost me a huge amount of energy. With fever kicking in and the need to make a choice whether I should keep going or bail, I decided to finally take some antibiotics. Twenty-four hours later, I started to feel better and it was great to be back and able to climb.

We finished installing camp at 3am after a full day hauling our heavy bags up to our first camp. We are exhausted but the weather is perfect so there is no time to wait for action. Sean explores while Steph found a confortable belay position.

As the sun sets, the temperature drops. Stephane gathers some snow to melt for water for dinner.

We were just getting into the heart of the climb on an amazing section of the wall – orange granite that was vertical to slightly overhanging, covered with perfect splitter cracks. Sean was so excited to do some challenging rock climbing, he decided to leave the most obvious line of weakness to go up a perfect overhanging splitter. It was hard, long and very thin but amazing, and he decided to make it his big-wall cragging project. Meanwhile, Evrard, Steph and I explored what was next: Another perfect, difficult splitter pitch followed by a 3-dimensional pitch moving through huge huecos and crazy shapes.

The next day some bad weather kicked in and all we could do was play some music to wait out the storm. It was cold for our fingers to play well on our instruments, but with the four of us on one portaledge playing fast, we could quickly turn the freezer into a sauna! Evrard, who’s new to the band, took some time to make a few adjustments but after a while he managed to put in a nice groovy, xylophone touch.

Video: China Jam - Portaledge Song from Evrard Wendenbaum.

The following day the weather remained the same but, fresh from a full day of rest, we decided to tough it up and confront the bad weather. We moved our camp higher which we thought would save us some time. But as soon as we started hauling, we got ourselves caught in a whiteout with heavy snow precipitation. The atmosphere was magical. Everything was covered with 20cm of fresh snow, but we needed to maintain focus to have everything go right because in these conditions any error could be costly. This day it was Steph’s turn to not feel so good with a cold he most likely caught from me. At the end of the day when we managed to set our ledges, slinged around on each side of a horn, Steph was in a more passive mode leaving his feet and hands particularly cold. But fortunately, some hot soup later, heat came back to him.

The sun appears after 24 hours of snow in camp 1. Since the face was too plastered to rock climb, we decided to move our camp upward. But as soon as we folded our portaledges it started snowing again.

After a day of hauling in a snow storm, we finally set our camp 2.

Sunny morning after the snowstorm. Sean meditates on his climbing strategy at camp 2.

The next morning, the good weather was back and Sean and I started the day by cleaning the fresh snow out of the cracks of the two pitches we wanted to redpoint. I jugged up with my big boots and gloves but quickly felt the cold, especially with a light but freezing wind. All the snow didn’t even melt in the sun, and the water bottle hanging on my harness had frozen completely! I cleaned what I could but the pitch remained iced up. Sean’s pitch was cleaner, so he decided to give it an attempt but it was so freaking cold. Before he tried it, I set Steph’s watch in the shade to check if I was being a wimp or if the temperature was really that cold. A little later his watch showed -6° C and it was the warmest time of the day! My hands and feet were so cold that I could not imagine putting my climbing shoes on. But Sean felt OK climbing in these conditions and managed to give it a really good try, falling only at the end of the crux. By nighttime, I set the watch outside the fly and it showed -15° C!

That day, because the weather was perfect but I still couldn’t climb, it made me wonder: What am I doing here climbing in this cold? Where is the fun in this? I fell asleep mentally worn out. Fortunately, with the help of some tricks to keep my feet and hands warm, I climbed well the next day even though I was cold. It gave me back my confidence and enjoyment. Sean got closer to sending his pitch project and I redpointed my personal best pitch of the whole climb – a perfect splitter crack with beautiful exposure.

Sean big-wall cragging on a perfect overhanging splitter crack right above camp 2.

Between camp 2 and 3 there was series of amazing pitches, really nice cracks but also unique huecos. Here, Nico fires a perfect splitter crack above camp 2.

The next day, Sean gave another three tries and got painfully close to send his project pitch, but finally he decided to give up on it because it was our ninth day on the wall and we were still less than halfway up the mountain. He quickly completed an easier free variation so that we stayed in the game of freeing every bit of this mountain. Meanwhile Steph and I fixed the rest of our ropes to the base of the last headwall and finished the day in a snowstorm. The climbing conditions became icy here with lots of icicles hanging everywhere.

More and more, the summit felt just below our noses and we were quite tempted to cut loose from our static ropes to make an attempt to climb to the summit. But the poor weather conditions held us back and instead we moved our camp once more to the altitude of 5200m. Afterward, I was glad we made this move because the summit was still much further than expected. This time the camp move was not as epic. We managed to finish the day comfortably installed, enjoying an amazing view looking over many virgin peaks. After a few days in the same place, it was great to change camp and break our routine.

The next morning it was Sean’s turn to be hit by the flu so he stayed on the portaldge the whole day while Steph, Evrard and I explored the last headwall until all ropes were fixed. I was going to switch lead with Stéphane but when we arrived at the base of the climb, Steph realized he had forgotten to bring his climbing shoes. What a bummer! I was not disappointed by his mistake because the weather was perfect and the climbing was amazing!!! I climbed three full rope lengths of perfect quality splitter cracks running right on the pillar and here we were again at the end of the ropes we could fix. The atmosphere was quite spectacular with icicles hanging all over the place and the view started to dominate with mountains all around us. When we came back to our portaledge we were relieved to see Sean feeling better so we decided to plan a summit attempt and wake up at 5 a.m. the next day in order to reach the top of our fixed rope by light, around 8 a.m.

The rock was spectacular on the whole climb! Nico exploring the last rock pitches above camp 3.

At 5 a.m. the next day, we woke up and were so excited and confident that it took us about 45 minutes, and some porridge in our bellies, to look outside and see that the weather wasn’t all that good. We woke up again at 7 a.m. only to realize that the weather was getting worse. It ended up snowing all day and all night. Our gas was running low from melting water which started to worry us. Even with all the fresh snow, we chose not to miss our chance and decided to make an attempt the next day if the weather cleared up. But of course this meant we would be climbing a rock face that would be completely plastered with ice and snow. Before sleeping that night I was a bit anxious realizing how exposed we would be to the cold conditions and if the weather turned bad on us. We had absolutely no weather forecast, and we knew that often even a perfect morning here turned into a heavy snowstorm by the afternoon.

Fortunately, my excitement erased my anxiety and the next morning, the sky full of stars, gave me confidence that it would be the right day for it. Our start got a bit delayed by Steph who didn’t feel very well while jumaring in the morning. So Evrard and I passed him so that he could take it easy. Luckily, he felt better and better as the day went on. Sean started climbing late at about 11 a.m. and, to our surprise, the wind had already done a good part of the snow cleaning so it wasn’t as plastered as we thought. I switched lead with Sean and from that pitch onward there was ice and snow all over the place, so we kept our crampons and ice axes. It took us another seven pitches of steep and spectacular mixed climbing to reach the summit ridge. It felt very nice just to keep moving and not deal with the hassle of handling a long, static rope to fix.

This last section was a lot longer than what we had estimated. Darkness settled in just as we climbed the final pitch to the summit and the temperature dropped. I was very happy to be on the summit of Kyzyl Asker but the cold was biting me so hard I knew I had to get down quickly. It was difficult for me to really enjoy this moment except for the perspective that soon I would be comfortably looking back at the mountain and would feel complete. In the distance, a light from the Kyrgyz side flashed to us. It was a strange feeling to be seen from the top and have our first contact with civilization after 20 days of just us and the mountains.

Nico started this pitch with his climbing shoes but quickly realized it was not the best idea so he switched to mixed climbing. From there on, we didn't leave our ice axes and crampons until the summit. Here we are on our summit pitch, still early on. 

Frozen and happy on the summit at 10pm.

The way down was long but went well, with no issues. My feet were cold so I forced myself to make them do some push-ups inside my boots, but it wasn’t enough to get them warm. On the last few raps it was not only my feet but my whole body that was fighting the cold.

At 3 a.m., I was glad to finally arrive back to our portaledge. It took me a couple of hours to get my body and feet warm with hot drinks. Steph did the same but as my feet were getting warmer, his were still hard like a block of ice. I knew it wasn’t good. The next day they were blue and blisters started appearing. Evrard’s feet were not looking very good either. We were so exhausted from our push to the summit we couldn’t do anything else but spend the whole next day just recovering on the portaledge. But it was obvious: We had to get down as soon as possible so that Steph’s feet could be better taken care of.

The next day we rapped down and managed to slide all our gear down the glacier using our haul bags like sleds. And two intense days later of load-carrying effort, we were back with all our gear to luxury in the city of Aksu. Our adventure was over! It was time to enjoy and value the simple things in life!

With Stephane's frostbite, we hurried down the mountain. We saved a lot of time by pulling all our haulbags at once on the glacier. Behind you see the south pillar of Kyzyl Asker. It's always a good feeling to be able to look back at a mountain after climbing it. 

11am in basecamp, the driver finishes loading the camel and the mule. We are leaving this amazing place! Hopefully, Stephane's foot will soon be taken care of.

Video: Trailer - China Jam from Evrard Wendenbaum. Help support the full-length film and get a DVD or digital download at Indiegogo.

Stéphane is now in a hospital in Brussels in the hands of specialists. If everything goes well, Stéphane’s foot will be fully healed in a few months and he’ll be ready for the next adventure.

We would like to thank everyone who helped us live our dreams: Patagonia, Julbo, Five Ten, Black Diamond, The Belgian Alpine Club, Seeonee, Sterling Rope, Nikon,, Petzl, Careplus, Boreal, Crux and Threshold Provision Salmon Jerky.

Also we would like to thank our translator Alli for his good vibes, our liaison officer Yue (who was very kind to us), the camel drivers (who were very friendly and helpful) and Guo from Guide to Adventures & Expeditions (GAE).

Details about the climb: South Pillar of Kyzyl Asker, Western Kokshal Tau Moutains, China, 1400m, 31 pitches 7b, M7, all free, no bolts, no pitons. About 10 pitches on the upper part of the wall are common with the Russian route.


Growing up in Brussels, Nico Favresse bonded to the outdoors through windsurfing, mountain biking and skiing. He started climbing at 15 and immediately found his passion. As an 18-year old exchange student in the United States, he visited Yosemite and discovered a new calling for big walls. Since then he’s climbed big walls in Patagonia, Pakistan, Greenland, Venezuela and Canada.

Evrard Wendenbaum's work as a photographer has led him to the most inaccessible corners of the planet over the last ten years. His first film,
Amazonian Vertigo, shot during the ascent of Angel Falls in Venezuela, has won 11 film festival awards. Evrard also leads the Naturevolution environmental association and applies his skills to the preservation of biodiversity.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Here We Go... Another Climbing Season in Patagonia
Written By: Patagonia

By Colin Haley


"See you down there, f***er!" writes Ole Lied – a gigantic, hard-drinking, Norwegian party animal. He dresses in dark Scandinavian leather, stuffs his mouth with snus (little tea-bags of chewing tobacco, quite popular in northern Europe), and every now and then works himself into a berserker rage, attacking big, steep mountains, and returning home with beautiful routes as his trophies (such as "Venas Azules" on Torre Egger). Every November, I convene with Ole, some other Norwegian alpinists, and all the other Patagoniacs in El Chalten, Argentina, for another dose of pretty much the most technical, most fantastic, most intense and most fun alpine climbing on the planet – Patagonia's Chalten Massif.

Editor's note: Colin wrote this piece just before leaving for El Chalten. He’s been down there three weeks now and already has a handful climbs under his belt. Visit to keep up with Colin, Mikey Schaefer, Kate Rutherford and more of our friends and ambassadors down in Patagonia. We’ll have live feeds to their Instagram accounts, tweets and blog posts throughout the season.      

Why does Norway, a country with the population of Washington State, have such a big presence in Patagonian alpinism? Admittedly, the mountains of Patagonia are very difficult, the weather is often very foul, and they certainly have a large amount of dormant Viking badassness in their genes, but I think the real truth is where Ole and his countrymen are coming from.

[Above: The Torres with Aguja Desmochada in the foreground. All photos by Colin Haley]

The epicenter of the Norwegian alpine-climbing community is Romsdalen – a beautiful place, with big, steep walls and 19 hours of daylight in late June. By the autumnal equinox, things even out and every human all over the globe gets an equal share of daylight and darkness. But things change quickly at the equinox (it is, after all, the peak of the absolute value of the derivative of the daylight curve, meaning that every day in late September is noticeably shorter than the previous one), and by early November the sun sets in Romsdalen only seven hours after rising – a good time to take off! Rather than ransacking the cities of Europe like their ancestors, my Norwegian climbing friends head to Patagonia and ransack granite spires plastered in ice.

Even though my homeland, the Salish Sea Basin, lies a mere 5,400 kilometers from the equator, the dwindling daylight in autumn is still a rough blow, and it's coupled by a very strong climactic change. In Squamish and The Cascades, we enjoy the best climbing weather in North America for three months of summer, and then the monsoon arrives. Fall is the worst season in the Pacific Northwest. The days are short. The rock is wet. The skiing isn't very good yet. The winter climbing isn't very good yet. It's a perfect time to leave. Hopping over the equator is the ultimate trick we can play on nature without pissing her off. In the past eight years, I have celebrated sixteen summer solstices!

Of course, chasing daylight isn't the only reason I've become a Patagonia junkie. The rock is the highest quality you will find in the mountains, anywhere. The ice routes are just as good. The summits are as pointy as they come, and have no easy way up. The faces are up to 2,000 meters tall, with little terrain easier than fifth class. There are no bullsh*t peak fees. You don't need a liaison officer. You don't need to acclimatize. The weather? Yeah, it can be pretty nasty, but otherwise these mountains would be too easy. The descents? Yeah, they can be quite epic – I have passed several entire nights of my life rappelling, from sunset to sunrise.


Rolando Garibotti climbing on Aguja Kakito, with the east face of Aguja Mermoz behind.


Sunrise and a rainbow on the Torres, from the Polakos bivouac.


Jorge Ackermann nearing the summit of Torre Egger.


Rolando Garibotti and Doerte Pietron on the summit of Aguja Desmochada, with the Torres behind.


Jon Walsh climbing "Tobogan" on Aguja Standhardt.

As someone who spends a huge amount of my time wandering around mountainous terrain, I feel a strong connection to the climate and the seasons. Each season for me has snow conditions associated with it, activities associated with it, clothing associated with it, and emotions associated with it. Autumn has a subdued grounded sensation, slowly decelerating into hibernation. Spring feels more exciting, more open, more energetic. Fall is a downer. Spring is an upper. Leaving autumn in the Pacific Northwest and transporting yourself to spring in Patagonia is like swapping methadone for methamphetamine.

One of the stereotypes of Patagonian climbing is that more time is spent relaxing than climbing. People imagine weeks of bad weather spent leisurely drinking mate and chatting, followed by a couple days of activity. My experience in Patagonia has always been the opposite. From the moment I arrive in El Chalten until the moment I leave I know that I will be running around in a frenzy. I don't have "free time" in Patagonia. I'm either hiking, climbing, rappelling, bouldering, sport climbing, packing for the next climb, drying gear, filing crampons, lubing cams, refueling (aka eating), repairing clothing, studying photos, checking the weather forecast, shopping for food, stretching or sleeping. I think any place is as busy or relaxed as we make it, and I usually prefer to make it busy!


Sunrise on Cerro Adela from the west face of Cerro Torre.


Jon Walsh on an attempt of "Venas Azules" on Torre Egger.


Jon Walsh descending to the Niponino bivouac at sunrise, after a long night rappelling the east face of Cerro Torre in a storm.


Leo, Max and Lucho sharing mate in a snowcave on the South Patagonian Icecap.


Dylan Johnson belaying the last pitch of the "Supercanaleta," as clouds roll off the South Patagonian Icecap.

Summer lasted a long time in the Pacific Northwest this year, but today the rainy season started. My natural instincts tell me to settle in and get cozy – start wearing a hat and waxing my skis – but I have a plane ticket to El Calafate. It's raining and it's dark at 6pm, but there is a tingling inside me because I know what is coming.

Over the past few weeks I have slowly been amassing a pile of gear that will come to Patagonia – ropes, slings, carabiners, crampons, stoppers, gloves. I have been seeking out steep, burly cracks – one final, desperate bit of procrastination training. And, of course, I've started looking at the weather forecast in El Chalten again. Fall is a relaxed time, and I'd better enjoy it while I can, because three-and-a-half months of non-stop excitement begins soon!

So, here we go... another Patagonia climbing season is about to begin. Time to take a deep breath and get ready for some incredible experiences, dragging our abused bodies up and down some of the world's most beautiful mountains.


Colin Haley grew up hiking, skiing and climbing in the rugged Cascade Mountains where he developed a love of mountain adventure and an indifference to foul weather. His climbing is focused on the mountains of Alaska and Patagonia, where he’s drawn to the steepest alpine faces. You can keep up with Colin on his new website,

Live coverage from Patagonia: See Instagram photos, tweets and blog posts from our friends and ambassadors at or with the #vidapatagonia tag.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Weeknights on the Bowery
Written By: Patagonia

By Jeff DiNunzio, photos by Jeff Johnson


October 15 was an idyllic autumn evening in the Northeast, cool and clear at the intersection of Bowery and Bleecker. As the sun set, amps and guitars and drum kits and crates of audio gear rolled through the front doors of the old CBGB gallery, awakening the musical spirits still lingering in the iconic venue.

Throwing shindigs to launch a new Patagonia store in New York City has almost become a ritual. Hell, I’ve been to three in the last two years – one for each Tin Shed location in fall 2011 and just across town at the Meatpacking district last February. The bash on Bowery, however, stood to be the wildest so far.

The store was slated to open in time for the 2012 holiday season, but the aftermath of Hurricane Sandy combined with renovation complications pushed it back by nearly a year. “Because this store was so delayed, we wanted to skip product launches and film premieres and just have a party – an opportunity to celebrate the store and just hang out with everyone from the surf community that we met and worked with over the year it took to get the shop open,” NY district manager Joy Lewis told me. Much of the staff consists of longtime Patagonia employees who served as the faces of the company during that time, surfing when waves came and volunteering in the hurricane recovery after waves went. So when the doors unlocked on September 24th of this year, we were ready. Store intrigue grew over those months. When the party went down two weeks later, we realized just how much.

Landing on the details was easy, says Joy and store manager DL Tashjian, who tapped their networks to put things together. Food and drink came from Roberta’s Pizza and Sixpoint Brewery – both Brooklyn-based suppliers. Of course, given CBGB’s history, music was a crucial element. “We wanted a DJ spinning all vinyl since the space was previously a record shop,” Joy explained. DJ Tram – an old friend of DL’s – spun all night, except during the surprise 45-minute set played by the band Real Estate.


To keep with Patagonia’s philanthropic ethos, we held a silent auction that benefitted the on-going hurricane recovery efforts by Waves For Water, the relief organization founded by former pro surfer Jon Rose. A handful of the company’s ambassadors graced us with auction items. “We let [them] know about the benefit and asked for donations,” Joy said. “The support was incredible. A signed Gerry Lopez photo, surf lessons with Mary Osborne, a Fark with artwork by Kim Diggs that was painted during the party, a railing off of Liz Clark's boat Swell…” All told, over $4,000 was raised for Waves For Water.

The event, of course, suffered setbacks. Word of the party, which drew some 700 people, spread rapidly in the preceding weeks. So much so that several hundred more guests were turned away at the door. Understandably, our maxed capacity bred resentment that seeped out through social media outlets. “It was a major bummer to have to turn people away; it doesn't feel super Patagonia,” Joy admitted. “But we had to make sure it didn't get out of control.”

Inside, currents of familiar faces from all around New York and New Jersey drifted in every direction. Every so often, Chris or Dan Malloy would emerge from a circle of questions about their next project. And floating unassumingly through the crowd, amid rows of FCD surfboards and residual CBGB-era décor, was Dan Ross, the former World Championship Tour competitor who’s as svelte as he is talented on a surfboard.



The seventh keg kicked around 11 o’clock. Thanks were given, hands were shaken, farewells sent. “You know who your friends are when the beer runs out!” one company exec joked. The store, shockingly, suffered little abuse given the night’s fun factor.

“Are you coming Thursday?” we asked everyone heading for the door. For almost 200, the answer was yes. Friends and surfers and seekers of discomfort, Dan Malloy, Kanoa Zimmerman, and Kellen Keene, capped the week with a screening of Slow Is Fast – a new book and short film documenting their 58-day bicycling trip along a chunk of California’s Central Coast. The project highlights the mechanics of multiple family farms – friends of the cyclists who maintain an agrarian existence – seasoned with a few token surf clips and striking landscape shots of what much of California used to look like.




“The best part of the trip for me,” Dan explained, “is watching these beautiful little family farms. To see what they’re doing is one of the most interesting, creative ventures. They have a beautiful farm stand and art gallery. It’s not this kitschy thing; they sell a sh*tload of produce!”

The crew spent the bulk of a Thursday night signing books and trading stories with folks whose appreciation for self-propelled travel is bolstered by the difficulty and expense of traveling by car in New York City. Good Water Farms from Long Island and Harlem Grown, two relevant local outfits bent on establishing sustainable community farming, were on hand to promote their missions.






By Friday morning, it was hard to believe the week was over. We’d been touting the two opening events for weeks, and they’d passed in a flash. As the store returned to its original setup that afternoon, friends we’d met over the previous few days came by to rehash the festivities. And that’s when it hit us: after nearly a year’s worth of anticipation, we were, as so many passersby remarked, finally open.


Jeff DiNunzio is the floor lead and shipper at Patagonia Bowery. He's reported for the New York Times, Conde Nast Traveler, Esquire, GQ, Vogue, Eastern Surf Magazine, National Geographic, and Action Sports. Jeff carries a thick affection for ice hockey, baseball, and surfing, and hopes to eventually transition to sports management.

Jeff Johnson resides in Santa Barbara, California where he works full-time for Patagonia Inc. as a staff photographer, writer, and assists with product development.

Patagonia Bowery is located at 313 Bowery in New York City.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
The Nose Wipe – Removing Trash from The Nose of El Capitan
Written By: Patagonia

By Dave N. Campbell

Another day at work on The Nose, with the author and ranger Ben Doyle. ©Cheyne Lempe


My partner shouted at the top of his lungs, causing me to jolt to attention and look down to him and our hanging camp. We were high on El Capitan’s Shield route, and I watched helplessly as a yellow dry bag containing our garbage from the past five days – including twenty-four crushed aluminum cans – grew smaller and smaller as it plummeted toward the ground. After a full twenty seconds of airtime, our bag exploded at the base of the monolith, firing shrapnel in all directions. The blast sent echoes to Half Dome and back.

The yellow bag had been clipped in poorly and detached once I began hauling our supplies to the next station. (In climbing terms: the dry bag buckle was mistakenly clipped into the taut docking line and thus came loose when my partner lowered out the bags.) It was March and, fortunately, we had the wall to ourselves, otherwise the error could have killed someone. Our team was relatively inexperienced and also greatly relieved that we did not drop something vital, like a sleeping bag. Dark clouds lurked and when we finally reached the top we were pounded by a violent storm. We fought our way down the slippery descent in the dark, and somehow found our way to the Ahwahnee Hotel, where we slept on the floor next to a crackling fireplace. In the morning, we exited quickly, forgetting about the yellow bag debacle, and drove back to school without cleaning up our mess.

Yvon Chouinard sums it up well in the movie 180° South: “The whole purpose of climbing something like Everest is to effect some sort of spiritual and physical gain. But if you compromise the process you’re an asshole when you start out and an asshole when you get back.” Abandoning garbage on or around El Capitan tarnishes a coveted process and displays weakness in both character and style. I was an asshole for leaving a mess at the base of the sacred Big Stone.

A few hours before our yellow trash bag fell off of The Shield. ©Dave N. Campbell

©Dave N. Campbell

4Hanging Camp2
Climbing Rangers Jesse McGahey and Ben Doyle on Tribal Rite. ©Dave N. Campbell

Autumn 2013
I’ve returned almost every year since those days on The Shield to climb a different route up the monolith, and this fall I teamed up with three National Park Service (NPS) climbing rangers to do something unique.

Climbing Ranger Jesse McGahey radios in the days’ progress on Tribal Rite. ©Dave N. Campbell

We climbed the Tribal Rite route and afterwards, instead of rushing down to hot food and warm showers, met with climbing stewards Cheyne Lempe and Buck Yedor on the top. Then we removed 120 pounds of waste from the upper corners of The Nose route and summit.

Ranger Ben Doyle and the author below Camp 6 ledge of The Nose. ©Cheyne Lempe

The Nose is the most famous climbing route in the world, and the most popular path up the 3,000-foot face of El Capitan. Each year, hundreds of advanced climbers travel to Yosemite from all corners of the world to give it their best – and many fail. The average ascent time is four days, and teams are often mentally and physically spent by the time they navigate the route’s upper sections. Much like they do on Mt. Everest, a percentage of people compromise the purity of their journey by leaving garbage on the route.


The final section of The Nose. ©Dave N. Campbell

NPS climbing rangers and volunteers have been doing the annual Nose Wipe since 2006 to address this issue. This was my second year volunteering. We rappel in from the top with large empty bags and use a twelve-foot retractable pole to remove waste. It’s clear that a lot of the debris was not intentionally abandoned. We found a Gore-Tex glove, sections of climbing rope, and last year pulled a $60 Black Diamond helmet from a deep slot 600 feet from the top.

A helmet removed from behind the Camp 6 ledge on The Nose. ©Dave N. Campbell

Anyone who’s climbed The Nose will also confirm that there’s plenty of valuable climbing equipment residing just out of arm's reach within the wide cracks on the first third of the route. However, most often we remove empty plastic bottles and aluminum cans. Some of the stuff smells like piss so we wear rubber gloves and face masks. Since the Nose Wipe began, hundreds of pounds of garbage have been extracted from cracks on The Nose, and we estimate that somewhere between 300 and 500 pounds remain.

9trashin stovelegs
Debris inside the “Stoveleg Cracks” of The Nose. ©Dave N. Campbell

Ranger Ben Doyle spends a good portion of his work week doing operations in vertical environments. He patrols routes like The Nose regularly and heroically rescues injured climbers from difficult to reach places. In June, Ben climbed/patrolled both The Nose and the face of Half Dome in twenty-one hours. This required climbing more than a vertical mile of highly technical terrain, and is a feat beyond most people’s comprehension. This was Ben’s fifth consecutive year doing a Nose Wipe.

Rangers Ben Doyle, Brandon Latham and Jesse McGahey at Tribal Rite’s finish. ©Dave N. Campbell

Ben refers to the Nose Wipe as a Sisyphean task, a reference to the Greek myth of a king condemned by Zeus for his misdeeds. According to the myth, the king is compelled to roll a giant boulder up a hill, only for it to roll back to the bottom once he reaches the top, thus requiring him to repeat the process for eternity. Every year, climbers leave behind garbage, and it’s hard to stay on top of the problem.

The author and ranger Ben Doyle during a 2012 Nose Wipe. ©John Connor

However, we are curious to see what will happen if we remove 100% of the garbage from The Nose in one go. The most problematic area is the slot behind the Camp 6 ledge, 600 feet from the top. It’s like an archeological dig up there because we’re uncovering garbage from different generations as we hit the different layers of compact waste. This season we removed several bleach bottles – apparently climbers used them for storing water during the ‘70s, before you could buy water and soda in two-liter plastic bottles. If we restore The Nose back to a pristine condition, maybe future climbers will be more inclined to give it the respect it deserves.

The author and ranger Ben Doyle carrying garbage loads off of El Capitan. ©Cheyne Lempe

I find myself circling back to Yvon Chouinard’s quote. Although climbers are physically ascending something tangible, there’s also a metaphysical transformation taking place, leading toward spiritual growth. However, this process is compromised if we disregard our environment. Perhaps YC’s words show us the true Sisyphean task, because there isn’t much difference between perpetually rolling a rock up a hill and climbing a mountain if neither produces the desired result: to not come home the same asshole we were when we started.

©Dave N. Campbell

Our sport is rapidly changing, with a huge new demographic of urban climbers emerging from gym to crag. We must continue to step it up as environmental stewards if we wish to maintain access to these majestic places. Otherwise, we may as well glue feathers to our backs and head towards the sun with Icarus.

The author leads out on El Capitan’s East Buttress. ©Amy Harris

Dave N. Campbell is a Pro Sales rep for Patagonia and teaches wilderness survival classes at Truckee Meadows Community College in the evenings. He holds a BA in Chinese and has spent extensive time in the mountain ranges of China. In 2011, Dave worked on a Panda restoration project in Sichuan with The Nature Conservancy and last summer he led a ski/snowboard mountaineering trip in the Tianshan Range of Xinjiang. Earlier this year Dave worked with Sean O'Neill on the first parapalegic lead climb.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Worn Wear – a Film About the Stories We Wear
Written By: Patagonia

We would like to invite you to be among the first to watch Worn Wear, a new film from Keith, Lauren, Chris, and Dan Malloy.

Worn Wear is an exploration of quality – in the things we own and the lives we live. This short film takes you to an off-the-grid surf camp in Baja, Mexico; a family's maple syrup harvest in Contoocook, Vermont; an organic farm in Ojai, California; and into the lives of a champion skier, a National Geographic photographer, and a legendary alpinist. It also features exclusive interviews with Patagonia founder Yvon Chouinard.

Released as an antidote to the Black Friday and Cyber Monday shopping frenzy, Worn Wear is an invitation to celebrate the stuff you already own.

[Video: Worn Wear - a Film About the Stories We Wear]

On Black Friday, select Patagonia Retail Stores across the country will be hosting Worn Wear parties. Please join us at one of the parties to watch the film, taste our super-secret limited edition beer, learn how to repair your old Patagonia gear with iFixit, and enjoy food and live music. Black Friday Party details at:


As always, you're invited to share your Worn Wear story. Just click the "submit" link at the top of We hope you enjoy the film and have a Happy Thanksgiving.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dan Malloy’s Slow Is Fast – The Book and DVD
Written By: Patagonia


Thumbing through my recently purchased copy of Dan Malloy’s Slow Is Fast paperback, I felt the same elation I had as a teenager buying new vinyl. Listening to Yes’s double album, Tales From Topographic Oceans, I would carefully examine Roger Dean’s ethereal cover art as Jon Anderson and Steve Howe’s highly energized rock transported this Jersey kid to another place. And that’s what creative types do. They grab a hold of you and take you with them. It’s what Dan Malloy does with Slow Is Fast. He creates a beautifully made visual tribute to his native California.

Back in the fall of 2012, Dan and his good friends, Kellen Keene and Kanoa Zimmerman rode touring bikes along 700 coastal miles, documenting their trip with plenty of photographs and interviews. Some pictures are humorous, like the road kill one, where a beanie doll is added to the mix to soften death’s morbidity. Details are everywhere. The book’s front cover has a tiny, red bike-trailer icon and there are pages torn from a calendar scribbled with notes that say four shakas, zero middle fingers and two angry honks – a record of the day’s interaction with motorists.

[“In the last month I have learned more about the people and places along the California coast than I had in 34 years and a thousand car trips.” -Dan Malloy. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman]

A DVD comes with the book and the thoughtful production, lovely soundtrack and overall good vibe make it a must see. There are different people who show up in the DVD that aren’t featured in the book. Dan, Kellen and Kanoa are fun to watch and their humor is never forced. It’s such a pleasure to be around people like this and you feel better for it. Between visits they surf, and the water scenes lend a meditative quality to the movie. The best thing about the DVD is that it’s cleverly wrapped in a collage of photographs from the trip. When you unfold the wrapper there is a meticulous hand-drawn map of their route done up by artist, Trevor Gordon.

Getting wet between farm chores. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Steady perfection. Traditional sign maker, Jeff Canham applies the final touch to Dan's board. Woodshop, San Francisco. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Mickey Murch harvesting potatoes. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman

The trip started 100 miles north of San Francisco with just the bare essentials. As they traveled down coast they stopped to surf, work with farmers, and spend time with artists and musicians. They also visited craftspeople and talked to them about their trade. There’s the Santa Cruz surfer kid who expertly makes prehistoric stone tools for the UC Berkeley archeological department, a bladesmith who considers his craft a spiritual practice and, my favorite, a hatchet throwing, jack-of-all trades surfer from Big Sur. These personal encounters make the book pulse with life.

There are photos that illustrate the difference between big and small agriculture. Long rows of tidy crops sprayed with unhealthy chemicals versus a field tended to with wind-chapped hands and a strong body. Growing up, I used to work on my grandparents' farm just outside Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. They grew corn, tomatoes and whatever else they thought the neighbors might like. Granddad let me feed the chickens and pigeons, and pick ears of corn from a field next to the pigeon house. I remember walking between the tall rows, the warm, clumpy earth feeling good beneath my bare feet. At a smaller field I collected rhubarb and eggplant for grandmother’s homemade fritters and strawberry rhubarb pie. She made the dough from scratch.

The Murch family pause for a short break on their Gospel Flat Farm in Bolinas. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Off the bike for a session near Big Sur. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman


Riding toward the Ojai wilderness. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman

Dan and the guys visit Brenton Kelly and Jan Smith, who run the Quail Springs Permaculture Site and Educational Center in Maricopa. Dan asks them what they like about their jobs and what’s important to them. Brenton says he loves teaching and the interaction he has with students. Jan mentions that soil and light are basic connections to life and that she considers herself a wild critter. She feels that feeding people is the highest form of activism a person can do. Their spirited and noble lifestyle is exemplified in a stanza from Dick Gibford’s poem, While An Eagle Soared Like A Desert Lord.  

He was just glad to be
Way out here
Still somewhat free
From pressure to conform
To modern times.

South of Cuyama up in the Sierra Madre, Dan sat in a small cabin with a man, wearing a wide brimmed hat and brightly colored bandana. It was Dick Gibford. He lives in the mountains tending cattle with his horse. Dan listens to Dick talk about the Spanish vaquero and their importance to the ranch culture. The American cowboy learned everything from the vaqueros Dick tells Dan. The vaquero move cattle at a slow pace, treating them with tender care. It takes fortitude and patience to do this kind of work, but it’s what Dick loves to do.

Where eagles soar like desert lords. Somewhere in Cuyama's wide-open hills, Dick Gibford tends his cattle. Photo: Kanoa Zimmerman

The old cowboy poet and everyone else we meet in the book and DVD grabs a hold of us and takes us with them. It’s what creative types do. We are grateful that Dan, Kellen and Kanoa stopped along the way to meet these folks, taking time to listen to their stories and learn about their unique skills. Dan reminds us that when we slow down and listen, we live.


Slow is Fast is now available from and Patagonia Retail Stores.

[Video: Book trailer for Slow is Fast]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
The Higher You Get, The Higher You Get – A Paragliding Journey in the Pioneer Mountains
Written By: Patagonia

By Gavin McClurg


I've been really fortunate in the last couple decades to explore many of the farthest corners of the globe – thirteen straight years of sailing, chasing wind and waves on a series of kitesurfing expeditions, which included nearly two full circumnavigations, and the last couple years, paragliding all over the Alps, South America, Central America, Africa and the Himalayas. Just like surfers chasing swell, pilots chase seasons and weather.

Reggie Crist, a former Olympic alpine skier and friend of mine who lives here in Sun Valley is even making a movie about how athletes are like migratory animals, hopping on planes or jumping in cars chasing what they “need” be it adrenaline, or escape, or just pure fun. Animals, of course, are seeking food and shelter, which is all we really need as well. But for some people this other “need” is as urgent as the next hit is for a junky. Without it we find life marginalized, gray and drab.

[Above: Gavin McClurg soars. Photo: Jody MacDonald

I’d just gotten home from one such migration, a paragliding expedition with three other elite pilots across the Wasatch Range from Southern Utah to Jackson Hole, Wyoming – a line that had never been attempted. As a “vol biv” trip (i.e. fly/camp), which is very similar in approach to alpine climbing, where only the bare necessities are packed and we fly self-supported, carrying everything we need to survive for multiple days in our flying harnesses, it was totally unsuccessful. The weather just kept shutting us down. A late monsoonal flow from the south and too much instability in the atmosphere made flying long distances impossible. We had a film crew with us, documenting the expedition for Outside TV, which added further pressure. The trip wasn’t fruitless however – we got some great flying and some fantastic footage.

We returned to Sun Valley exhausted but in good spirits. Cool fall nights and shorter days had already set in. The Aspens were already going golden. The tourists had left town. In my opinion, Sun Valley has the best big-air flying on Earth. A number of recent distance records, including my own world mountain record this summer of 240 miles, confirms this opinion. But what we don't often get to do is fly here in the absence of fear. Flying in Sun Valley is usually a full-on affair. Crazy strong thermals and nail biting wind. It's always kind of an edge-of-your-seat experience, or in our case, edge of your harness experience. But in the fall we often get days with very little wind and everything, including the thermals, has mellowed out. We can't go huge distances as the days are shorter, but we can experience some stunning flying.

My friend Matt (aka “Farmer”), who held the mountain distance record for a short period last summer, had a dream for many years to launch near town, fly out to the Pioneers – our closest range of radical mountains (about 15 miles as the crow flies) – top land at the Pioneer Cabin, which was built in 1937, and spend the night. The icing on the cake would be to launch the next day near the cabin and fly home. A proper bivy trip in maximum style, but a very tall order – one he'd tried before but never pulled off. In fact, it had never been done. I moved to Sun Valley just a year ago and had never even seen the Pioneer Cabin, and I couldn't imagine just flying around in the Pioneers. They are huge, black, some would say menacing, peaks rising over 13,000 feet – usually something we like to go over the top of with plenty of height and not look back. Not a place to hang around.

But a day arrived that looked like perfect conditions to make the attempt.

2013-09-09 10.37.20 the flight begins
The flight begins.


2013-09-10 13.53.58wee little people in big country
Wee little people in the big country.


2013-09-10 15.10.14the stunning pioneer mountains of Idaho
The stunning Pioneer Mountains of Idaho.

I met Matt and two other local pilots, Donnie and Nate, at 3pm, right across the street from the historic Sun Valley Lodge. We were up at launch an hour later, legs and lungs burning but we were all smiles – the conditions looked perfect. In no time we were all off the hill and heading up the ridge towards Otto’s Peak, at the top of trail creek, various singing “beep beep beep” verifying glorious climbs. Cloudbase was nearly 15,000 feet and there was almost no wind. The thermals were gentle, the sky more clear and blue than I'd ever seen in the Wood River Valley, which stretches out to the great basin desert and winds up to Galena Pass, the gateway to Stanley and the stunning Sawtooth Mountains. After a horrific fire season and being evacuated from our home just a few weeks earlier, I couldn't believe everything looked so pristine. The flying was so good I found myself questioning what was happening, and looking over my shoulder for the surprise that never came. Days like this come around very, very rarely.

We made the jump from Otto’s, at the south end of the Boulder range over to the Pioneers and eventually all grouped up and flew right down the range. I discovered Matt had a GoPro with him and we spiraled down, deep into the range, tight into the terrain, something that would be suicidal in summer. We must have flown 40 kilometers out and back and then back out from one end to the other. Donnie and Nate decided to fly back to town after a flight that both would later describe as one of the best they'd ever had. Matt and I carried on until sunset, wondering if someone had snuck some acid into our lunch. This just wasn't possible.

2013-09-10 19.16.15 landing just a few feet from the Pioneer cabin
Sunset landing.


G0050510 happy farmer
Happy Farmer with the Pioneer Cabin in the background.

[Video: The Higher You Get, The Higher You Get by Offshore Odysseys]

We landed about 50 feet away from the Pioneer Cabin at 9,500 feet. After laughing, and hugging, and laughing some more we watched the sun fade over the horizon, packed up and moved into the cabin. We enjoyed a hot cup of tea, dinner, star gazing, a lot more laughing and a lot of discussion about this shared addiction of flight – and the irony of how we spend so much time and money and effort chasing what we love around the world yet the best is right here in our own backyard.

I've traveled and moved more than I've stayed put in my 41 years on this very cool planet we call home, adding my own considerable carbon footprint to the abundance that we humans are producing daily. Maybe it's time to slow down and enjoy the horizon that is right here every day.

The next day we fired up the stove, had a coffee, walked no more than five minutes to a slope above the cabin and launched, hoping we could find a place to land in the canyon below us but couldn't see. The sun was already baking the east-facing slopes and as we pilots like to say, “It was ON.” We circled like birds up and up to 12,000 feet and pointed our wings home. A place I think I'll stay awhile.


Gavin McClurg is the CEO of Offshore Odysseys and founder of The Best Odyssey and The Cabrinha Quest. He grew up on boats in the Pacific Northwest and commercially fished in the Bering Sea before getting into sailing in the mid ‘90s. The Cabrinha Quest is a five-year seafaring expedition to seek out the world’s most remote and dynamic kitesurfing and surfing locations. Photo: Jody MacDonald

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries: Tales of Terror Vol. 4
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

Dbd_tales_terror_4Is there something out there? It’s a question that lurks in the back of my mind. Probably in yours too. It’s one of the very reasons why I love the outdoors: the unpredictability.

Over the years, I’ve collected experiences. Moments, like bits of data, that collectively guide my intuition. And yet, we’ve all had that moment where hairs stand up on the back of our neck. Was it heightened perception? Or did the wind just blow the right way? And if you convince yourself it was the wind, does some lump of doubt sit in your stomach? Because sometimes you just won’t believe something is out there. Until it’s right there.

[Listen to "Tales of Terror Vol. 4" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud]

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Shutting Down or Opening Up? Reflections from Yosemite on the 16-day Government Shutdown
Written By: Patagonia
By Ron Kauk

I stood in wonder during a walk through the valley, at day 10 or something, as the exaggerated drama played out once again in this microcosm of America – a seven-mile long, mile-and-a-half wide sacred place on earth. It was as if the place could hear itself think, or simply just talk the real language of thousands of years between trees, plants, animals, rivers and rocks.
I was in awe of this feeling, the power of such a place that hosts over 4 million people a year. At the end of every summer, I feel as though it’s becoming harder and harder for the valley to absorb the impact of human stress and disconnect.

[Above: El Capitan peaks out of the trees. All of the photos in this story were taken by Ron Kauk (himself a Yosemite resident) while the park was closed to the public.]

The Merced River flowing through Yosemite Valley.

An empty trail near Fern Spring.

Changing leaves in El Cap meadow.

More than not, Yosemite has become a big attraction, a place to entertain ourselves while flying down the highways that flow through the so-called park. Amazing amounts of wildlife are run down by cars here, sometimes 18 bears or more a year. We buy bottled water while enjoying the beauty of the waterfalls. Thousands of cigarette butts, each one a human calling card, litter the ground.

These thoughts rolled through my head while standing in complete quiet – the harmony of nature’s way returning with its song that nurtures the spirit back into balance.
What I’ve learned climbing and simply being here is to look for the signs. Nature is always saying something. The shutdown was loud and clear. We are not in control of anything. The flow of life will continue no matter how confused we humans get. No matter how much we fight over money or resources, the earth will continue. The big question is whether we’ll reconnect and respect this reality, find our own humility, and take more responsibility as the only ones who’ve lost their way.

Ron Kauk has been living in and around Yosemite National Park for over 30 years. In 2009, Ron and Stanford University professor, Kenji Hakuta, created Sacred Rok, a small non-profit organization dedicated to helping young people learn how to respect nature, and through that, respect themselves.

Ron’s second book, Letters from Sacred Rok – Education Nature’s Way, is now available from and


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Things Unsaid
Written By: Patagonia
By Belinda Baggs, photos by Adam Kobayashi

Ak 1

There are moments when words don’t seem to be enough, when we’re afraid they won’t do justice or that they might even scare the moment away. So instead we stay silent, keeping our thoughts and feelings to ourselves, and just hope that others feel the same.

Sharing a sunrise, or when the sunrise is at 4:15 AM, even better, lying next to your family in bed. Watching the baby chest of your son rise and fall with each breath, his little face so peaceful, mouth a perfect outline of pink, and five perfect miniature fingers clutching tight on his dad's forearm. The creation of life is a magical thing, and sharing the love of family is incomprehensible until it’s you squashed on the edge of the bed, at peace with waves going unridden, a heartwarming glow pulsing through your body.

As the hot, spring sun begins to radiate through the rice paper walls, a little croaky voice, with eyes still shut, utters, "beeeach, Beachhhhhh." Rayson is awake and ready to start another day.

[Above: The second Rayson first opened his eyes to see the daylight of Chiba, Japan. It's always the best thing to wake up with a happy baby and get a morning hug.]

A few hundred meters from our doorstep, particles of the same ocean fade out, dissolving into the shore. The sand is black but my connection to the vast Pacific remains the same. For our family, travel is a journey of the heart. Japan is kind and giving, patient, patriotic, proud and, over all else, respectful. The vast and varied coast is a treasured heaven, appreciated for every grain of sand and every droplet of water. The waves, a precious resource that bring joy and love and passion to an assortment of souls traveling from far and wide to embrace their magic.

Today, the wind is cold and onshore from the north. The masses from Tokyo join this country town, and huddle up in a protected corner. Before noon, a blanket of surfers have sprawled across the bay. Lazy peaks push through and stand up on a shallow sand bar. Rayson plays the same as he does on any other day, on any other beach, a face full of sand and cat naps shaded by a damp towel. This is the surfing life I grew up knowing and am passing onto my son.

For us, the sea is a way of life. It gives a sense of belonging to this world.

Ak 12
With a strong onshore wind blowing we decided to hit the road after breakfast and head to the other side of the peninsula. On the road to Onjuku with Uncle Fuji, Aunty Yoshie and Enzo... pick of the day!

Ak 11

Ak 20
The surf looks good! Small and crowded but clean and peeling. Aunty Yoshie and I grab our boards.

Ak 21
Baby pep talk: "Play good with your daddy please!" It always breaks my heart to walk away from Rayson to surf, but it's my favorite thing to look back at the shore and see him and Adam building sand castles together.

Ak 22
There is a blanket of people sprawled over the sea, but being a 'surfing mom' allows no time to waste -- first wave...

Ak 23
...same wave, cross steppin' down the line. I was suprised at how good these small waves actually were!

Ak 27
A handheld GoPro gives a more peaceful view of crowded Onjuku.

Ak 31
As the tide dropped and the crowd filled in even more, I waited a long time to find this wave. Nasal navigation through the crowd.

Ak 36
The kids played out, we retreated to the parking lot for a picnic of rice balls and vending machine drinks. So oishii!

Ak 5

Ak 84
Story time with Uncle Fuji.

Ak 4

Ak 48

Ak 45

Ak 44

Ak 47

Ak 52

Ak 57

Ak 73

Ak 39

A passionate all-around surfer, bodysurfer and paddleboarder, Belinda Baggs is perhaps best known for her graceful and technically accomplished longboard style. Bindy has a wandering spirit, but her roots are on Australia’s Sunshine Coast.

This story first appeared in White Horses issue six.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
DamNation – Susitna: Alaska’s Mega Dam(n) Proposal
Written By: Patagonia
By Matt Stoecker and Travis Rummel


The Susitna is a huge glacial river that drains the indomitable Alaska Range. Denali looms on the horizon. One of America’s last great, wild, undammed rivers, it is home to large numbers of king, sockeye, pink, coho and chum salmon, which push through its heavy currents to spawn in its clear-water tributaries. The “Su” sees the fourth largest king salmon run in Alaska, producing hundreds of thousands of them each year.

The state of Alaska wants to build a 735-foot-high dam on the Susitna to generate electricity. It would be the nation’s second tallest. It’s not the first time the Su has been looked to as a potential source of hydropower. Studies done in the 1950s and ‘80s both explored the feasibility of damming the river. Both agreed that it didn’t make financial sense.

[Above: Old growth forests and the confluence of Kosina Creek and the Susitna River would be submerged under the reservoir created by the proposed dam. Photo: Matt Stoecker]

Today is no exception. There are no private investors currently interested in partnering with the state to build the dam. This says a lot about the economics of the project, which would cost an estimated $5.19 billion dollars – more than $7,000 per Alaskan and more than the state’s annual budget. The dam would generate an estimated 300 megawatts of electricity each year (the Grand Coulee generates 2,500-3,000).

The dam would neither bring down the cost of customer’s electricity, nor help with Alaska’s critical heating needs. Its environmental impacts would be far worse than those of using natural gas, which exists in abundance and is currently used to power turbines and heat homes. Tidal, wind and geothermal power offer possible future substitutes.

Wanting to float the 42 miles of river that might one day be destroyed by the dam’s reservoir, we traveled to Alaska to visit the dam site and document what would be submerged and buried under glacial sediment. The Susitna flows through Alaska-sized country – as cliché as it sounds. Nothing is small.

The Susitna shows her summer colors at sunrise. Photo: Travis Rummel

Just above the proposed Susitna-Watana dam site, the clear, fast moving Deadman creek meets the main stem of the Susitna River. Photo: Travis Rummel

Not only would a 42 mile reservoir have dire impacts to the five species of salmon and prime caribou and moose habitat on the Susitna River. It would flood 20,000 acres of pristine forest. Photo: Travis Rummel

Just a few miles upstream of the proposed dam site, this entire scene would be drowned under a stagnant reservoir. Photo: Matt Stoecker

The lower river is accessible by jet boat, and the upper river is crossed just once by the Denali Highway. It is the remote in-between zone where the dam would be built. This was the target of our trip.

We floated five days from the McLaren River confluence to the mouth of Devil’s Canyon, where the normally broad river squeezes through a bedrock gorge to produce some of the largest and most challenging whitewater in North America. Covering more than a hundred river miles by boat, we saw groups of caribou, sometimes hundreds of them, around almost every bend. There were signs of wolves and bears along the banks, but not a single person; that is outside of the daily storm of helicopters hovering overhead that had been employed to study the proposed dam.

Upstream from Devil’s Canyon and the proposed dam site, we explored crystal-clear tributaries with world-class grayling fisheries, 200-foot waterfalls and river-side cliffs with falcons. We found hundreds more caribou along the extensive floodplain and thickly forested riparian zone. One huge gravel bar within the dam site’s proposed reservoir appeared to be a caribou proving ground. Half a dozen huge males jousted, their massive antlers colliding, while a hundred females circled and watched the display.

At one of our campsites near the mouth of Kosina Creek, we sipped whiskey while watching group after group of caribou come down the opposite river bank, swim the frigid half mile-wide-river and land on both sides of us under a fading pink and purple sky. We’d read studies and heard reports of tenacious chinook salmon spawning in this beautiful tributary after powering through Devil’s Canyon – undoubtedly one of the hardest salmon migrations in North America.

A pod of pink salmon emerge from the Susitna's silty currents and hug the bank as they continue upstream. Photo: Matt Stoecker

Every day of our float trip through the proposed reservoir zone we encountered hundreds of caribou. Photo: Travis Rummel

Another stout Susitna king salmon powers up one of the many clear spawning tributaries. Photo: Matt Stoecker

Trying to tame the mighty Susitna seems foolish, particularly since the river is entombed in ice much of the year. That any “scientist” being paid to study the proposed dam would call this place a “biological desert,” as we’d heard, or any government proposing to destroy it in the name of “green energy,” seems too ridiculous to fathom. But this is what’s said and what’s planned.

The state of Alaska has authorized expenditures of $165 million to push the project through the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission’s expedited permitting process. As farcical as it might sound, the project is very real.

“It’s like finding out that your best friend has been diagnosed with terminal cancer,” said Mike Wood, who lives on the bank of the river with his wife.

Check out this footage from one of the first whitewater descents of Devil’s Canyon:

A more modern day descent of Devil’s Canyon:

[Video: Jeff Shelton]

Get involved / Voice your opposition

Matt Stoecker is the owner of Stoecker Ecological, the director of Beyond Searsville Dam and a Producer/Underwater Photographer for DamNation.

Travis Rummel is the co-owner of Felt Soul Media and a Director/Producer for DamNation.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
I Dream Greenland
Written By: Patagonia
By Lizzy Scully

Breakfast spire

I dreamed of climbing in Greenland for a decade. This summer I finally visited the southernmost reaches of that country and climbed in the Torssukatak Fjord with photographer John Dickey, Quinn Brett, and Prairie Kearney. Team Glitterbomb put up three first ascents: "Morning Luxury" (5.11-, 1400ft) on The Breakfast Spire, "Plenty for Everyone" (5.10+/11-, 1800ft) on the Barnes Wall, and "Four Quickies" (5.9, 400ft) on the Submarine Wall. I recorded the trip via video, audio, photo, and diary entries.

[Above: The Breakfast Spire. All photos by Lizzy Scully]

Monday, July 1
We did a fantastic new route, an awesome, clean ridgeline up the Breakfast Spire. It has never been summited via a route from the bottom! Starting at 4a.m., we did it in two parties of two, with John and I in the lead, so that he could take photos of Q & P. I felt great. I thought I might fall on the crux pitch, maybe a 5.11-, because I had to clean a bunch of grass out of it. But, I was mad at myself for grabbing a piece on our first route at the crux, so I went for it and sent.

The summit was indescribable. We saw a vast landscape of ice and snow, with jagged, sharp, smooth, orange, wildly shaped spires and rock walls. And there were lakes, some frozen, some not, and the fjord and ocean in the distance. So much space. So many rocks. So vast and desolate.

And so many more routes to do! I stared at a long, golden Astroman-like dihedral on nearby Shepton Spire all day. I'm sure it’s Ham and Eggs, one of the routes put up by the Favresse brothers, Ben Ditto, and Sean Villanueva two years ago. I imagine it's the Astro-Ham & Egg of Greenland. I want it! And then there’s the face of the Breakfast Spire…

Wednesday, July 3
I woke up this morning to Quinn and Prairie laughing and to John asking, “Do you want tea?” His desire for coffee gets him out of the sleeping bag early. “I go to bed at night thinking about the cup of coffee I get to have the next morning!” he says, laughing.

It’s sleeting right now. But this Friday it will be sunny, according to my mom’s text messages. We will go for something bigger. There's nothing here that is big like Pakistan. Everything is sub 2000 feet. I like it that way. It feels manageable. I used to do 50- and 60-hour pushes, but 20 years of overuse and persistent arthritis means my body no longer fairs well under such stress. We have 16 more days in the mountains.

Screen shot 2013-08-25 at 7.58.42 PM

Thursday, July 4
We planned to celebrate the 4th of July, but it’s raining too much. I’m reading Barry Lopez’s book, Arctic Dreams. Everything in Greenland is WAY bigger than I expect. I thought the Barnes Wall was 1,200 feet at most, but it was at least 1,800 feet. I wonder how big the polar bears are. Barry Lopez says the 12-foot-tall bears are mostly just a myth…

Friday, July 5
Ugh. One of my partners spilled boiling water on my foot last night. So I can’t climb. I longed to accompany the team as they headed off to do another FA this morning. Sigh. Instead I’m going on a walkabout up and over the Barnes Wall Col into the neighboring valley.

I'm pretty frightened of camping alone. I’m scared of polar bears. But what else am I going to do? Mike Libecki assured me before the trip that global warming and South Greenland's subsequent lack of ice on which seals can breed in the summers means polar bears are unlikely to be in the Torssukatak Fjord. But, the morning we left Nanortalik, a man in the grocery store asked me if I needed to rent a rifle.

“What for?” I asked.

“Bears,” he replied, making the universal hand and facial expression – arms up in the air, claws out, grimace on the face, “GRRRR.”

[Videos by Lizzy Scully]

Saturday, July 7
Yesterday, as I descended the col, I questioned my decision. But I reminded myself, “If Mike can spend 40 days alone in the middle of nowhere, surely I can spend three by myself.” So today I hiked down valley, following the river to its end. I thought there would be fish, but there were none. And all day I worried about bears, but silly me, there aren’t even ripe crowberries for them to eat. I looked for escape routes anyway.

Sunday, July 8
Hiking hurts. My foot is worse. I headed back to base camp today, though I spent the morning on top of the col. The view was extraordinary… the valley and fjord were completely filled in with luscious clouds. What a morning. I didn’t sleep much the night before because I was so gripped about bears. I even packed all my stuff up in the middle of the night and hiked halfway up the col just to find a safer spot, close to this hand crack that I thought for sure no bear could follow me up.

Screen shot 2013-08-25 at 9.03.12 PM

Monday, July 9
We are all back in camp. My partners got just a few rain-free hours to climb yesterday, only to find their chosen crack system bottomed out on pitch 3. So today we hiked, again, for fun. Only I’m not having fun anymore. My foot isn’t healing because it’s too wet. Jumping from boulder to boulder hurts my knees, and my ankles keep giving out. Is my trip over? I agonize over this decision. There is still the Astroman of Greenland to climb…

Tuesday, July 10
This morning I woke up in pain – my foot, my back, my knees, everything hurts. I’ve had enough. I’m going home. I told my partners I’m leaving as soon as possible. Am I bummed out? Not really. We’ve lugged 50- to 60-pound bags and barrels across the world and up and down talus slopes, across boulder fields, up and down cols. I realize with finality that I don’t need more rain or uncomfortably cold nights in the tent; I don’t need more hiking or canned tuna; I don’t even need the Astro-Ham & Egg of Greenland. I’ve already had my Breakfast Spire.


Longtime climber and writer, Lizzy Scully runs a social media management business out of Lyons, Colorado called MergeThis Media. Check out her latest multimedia storytelling efforts at, where she's documenting the recent devastating floods that destroyed her small town.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Chuitna Mine – Pebble is Not the Only Mine Endangering Salmon
Written By: Patagonia
By Paul Moinester


Peering out the window of the plane, I took a deep breath and tried to soak it all in. The sun was glistening on the expansive mudflats, casting a bright glow over the pristine landscape. To the west, the Alaska Range was commandeering the sky, its snowcapped peaks piercing the clouds. Everywhere the eye could see, serpentine rivers were snaking through the flats on their journey to the Cook Inlet. And though too small to be seen from the sky, the rivers were teeming with salmon, beckoning me to immerse myself in these pure waters and pursue that heart-stopping tug.

It’s hard to fathom a place so raw, so barren, and so untouched. But it’s even harder to acknowledge the disturbing reality that this landscape is endangered and could soon become an industrial wasteland if the proposed Chuitna coal strip mine is given a green light.

[Above: View from the plane of the pristine Chuitna watershed. All photos by Paul Moinester]

If you’re reading this then you’re likely familiar with the proposed Pebble Mine, an enormously controversial copper and gold mine in Alaska’s Bristol Bay. But chances are you haven’t heard of the proposed Chuitna Mine, which is a problem. Like Pebble, Chuitna is a proposed massive extractive resource project that, if permitted, will have a devastating effect on Alaska’s wild salmon stocks. But unlike Pebble, few people outside of Alaska have ever heard of the Chuitna Mine. I was blissfully unaware of its existence until I met Sam Weis.

View from the air of the glistening mudflats and Cook Inlet

Sam is the Communications Director for Alaskans First, a coalition of diverse groups and concerned residents fighting to protect Alaska’s way of life from six proposed coal mining projects. A native Wisconsinite and avid fly fisherman, Sam felt the irresistible call of Alaska and moved to Anchorage earlier this year to fight for the preservation of wild salmon (and to fish of course). Fittingly, I met Sam at an event titled, “Eat Salmon. Save Salmon.”

Halfway through explaining my project to him, Sam interrupted and asked if I had heard of the Chuitna Mine project. When I told him I hadn’t, he immediately pulled out his calendar and asked when I could fly out to a remote Alaskan wilderness to visit the proposed mine site. He sweetened the deal by promising we could spend a few hours chasing silver salmon fresh from the ocean. How could I say no to that?

A week later, we were crammed into the back of a Cessna Skywagon bound for the tiny town of Beluga. Only a forty-minute flight west of Anchorage, Beluga is emblematic of what springs to mind when you imagine a remote Alaskan outpost. It has 17-21 fulltime residents – the variance is due to one family that sometimes flies south for the winter. The town’s runway is a gravel road that doubles as Main Street. The post office is a converted cargo container with a dozen or so mailboxes tacked to the side.

Beluga’s post office.

We were met at the “airport” by Terry Jorgensen, a commercial setnet fisherman. We tossed our gear into the back of his old, beat-up pickup truck, bounced along the bumpy roads to the coast, hopped on ATVs, and raced down the rocky shoreline to his fishing spot. With the rhythmic sound of waves crashing in the background, Terry exhaustively detailed the plans for the proposed project. As I listened to detail after excruciating detail, I struggled to understand how this horrific project has flown under the national conservation radar for so long.

Chuitna is unprecedented in both its size and blatant environmental disregard. The scope of the coal mine is unmatched anywhere in Alaska. If approved, it would be the state’s largest coal strip mine. It’s also the first coal project in Alaska to have the audacity to propose mining directly through a salmon stream. The plan is to completely remove 11 miles of streambed and more than 300 feet of underlying soil and rock strata.

Terry filling in Sam on an aspect of the destructive mine proposal.

That’s not conjecture of potential impacts. The company behind the project fully acknowledges it will remove 11 miles of prolific salmon stream. The threatened 11-mile stretch is called Middle Creek and produces roughly 20 percent of the silver salmon for the entire Chuitna River system. It has been labeled by the Alaska Department of Fish and Game as critical habitat. It would vanish if the project were approved.

To make matters worse, the streams not directly plowed through by the project will be inundated daily with millions of gallons of groundwater from the mine pit. This daily deluge will disrupt natural stream flows and alter the rivers’ sedimentation, making this prime ecosystem less inhabitable for egg rearing. Moreover, it would destroy thousands of acres of pristine wetlands and forest that are important habitat for bear, moose, upland birds, and waterfowl.

The impact of the mine would be felt miles beyond the proposed site courtesy of an 8-mile conveyor belt that stretches into Cook Inlet. This nasty tentacle of infrastructure would deliver millions of pounds of coal to a large manmade island that will store it until enormous vessels pull up to the two-mile dock, get loaded up with coal, and head across the Pacific to Asia. This intense infrastructure network would fundamentally alter the seascape, disrupting the migration of salmon and, according to Terry, put him and all of his fellow commercial fishermen out of business.

A commercial setnet in one of the world’s premier wild salmon fisheries.

The scariest part is that everything I have described is just Phase One. If approved, Chuitna would open the floodgates for the company to expand their project and for other companies to start exercising their claims on the coal-laden watershed. The initial plan impacts 15 square miles of the watershed. Phases Two and Three would increase the footprint to over 32 square miles. And another coal company would likely exercise their claim to an additional 17,686 acres of leases, bringing the grand total to 60 square miles of destruction.

Needing a pick-me-up after Terry’s depressing depiction, Sam and I headed to the mouth of the Chuitna to set up camp and fish for a few hours. Our timing with the tides was not ideal, and we only managed to sneak in an hour of fishing before slack tide hit and the fishing died down. We were able to elicit a few aggressive follows from some chromers but no takes. While we yearned to feel that magical, powerful tug, we didn’t need to hook into any silvers to appreciate the magnificence of this resource.

The following morning we gobbled down a quick breakfast of camp stove oatmeal and rushed out to see Terry’s haul from the morning. As we pulled up, he was laying out the five species of Pacific salmon he had caught that morning – King, Sockeye, Silver, Chum, and Pink. There are only a handful of places left in the world with strong wild salmon runs. There are even fewer that receive prolific runs of all five Pacific species. And hardly any spots left where you can catch all five species in one day. The Chuitna watershed is one of them – it’s the rarest of rarities.

All five species of Pacific salmon. If I remember correctly, the order (from left to right) is Pink, King, Chum, Sockeye, and Silver.

Yet this rare gem is staring down the barrel of destruction. And for what? The carbon buried deep beneath the Chuitna watershed is the lowest grade coal on the planet. It’s of such poor quality that no market exists for it in the United States. Every pound pulled out from beneath a salmon stream is bound for Asia. And it’s all done at a huge cost to Alaskans.

A study released by the Center for Sustainable Economy concluded that for every $1 of economic output the project would create, there would be $5.84 of economic losses. So for every $1 generated by things like taxes, royalties, and job creation, there is nearly $6 of economic losses in the form of environmental damage, reclamation costs, and lost economic opportunity. And that’s just the economic losses. These lopsided figures don’t even include the incalculable cost of losing irreplaceable resources like some of the last vestiges of wild salmon and pristine wilderness.

As we bade farewell to Terry, he left us with one last unnerving statement: “The only reason Alaska is the last viable commercial salmon fishery is because it was the last to be discovered.” Those are stark words coming from a guy who is a student of the global salmon industry and whose livelihood is tied to the health of Alaska’s salmon fishery.

Me casting as the tide recedes and the sun sets over the beautiful Chuitna watershed.

Rather than viewing that statement as a depressing inevitability, we need to see it as an opportunity and as a challenge. It’s easy to analyze the state of Alaska’s salmon fisheries and think Terry’s grave words are coming to fruition. Across the Last Frontier, projects like Pebble and Chuitna are on the table and if approved, they would irrevocably harm some of the world’s best remaining salmon runs.

But concerned Alaskans, commercial fishermen, and committed outdoorsmen possess the ability to stem the tidal wave of extractive resource destruction. Anglo American’s recent announcement to withdraw their 50 percent ownership stake in Pebble Mine, a significant blow to this horrendous project, is proof positive of our communal power.

That announcement sent a loud and clear message that our collective voices and actions are a force to be reckoned with. It proved that the influence of multi-billion dollar industrial giants can be squelched by the concerns of the people. And it most certainly put the company behind this project on notice. It’s time they feel the pain of our collective power. The fate of one of the last great salmon fisheries depends on it.

Take_action_largeTo learn more about the proposed Chuitna Coal Mine, please visit Alaskans First’s website. You can help protect the Chuitna watershed from this destructive project by clicking on the “Protect Wild Salmon” tab and sending a note to the Environmental Protection Agency asking agency leaders to deny any permit to mine through a wild salmon stream.


Paul Moinester is the creator of An Upstream Journey where he documents his travels as an avid fly fisherman and conservationist. After four-and-a-half years of working in Washington DC on environmental and transportation policy for DoT and then as a congressional staffer Paul resigned from his job and embarked on a six-month, 28,220-mile road trip that took him from the Florida Keys to Alaska’s Kenai Peninsula. Along the way, he fished some of the continent’s most ecologically significant waters and worked to raise awareness about the upstream battle to protect wild fish and their habitat. He’s now pursuing a Master’s degree in Environmental Resource Management as a Mitchell Scholar at University College Dublin.

This story originally appeared on the Orvis blog.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Long Live the Dirtbag Dungeons
Written By: Patagonia
By John Burgman

4_The Cleanest Line

I am a climber, and at the risk of offending the enthusiasts of other outdoor pursuits, I’d argue that climbing is among the dirtiest, in the literal sense. Routes and problems are conceived and sent above cleared patches of dirt, moves grunted out through gritty clouds of chalk dust. Meals or snacks, if there are any, are consumed swiftly with scabbed fingers and raw palms, and airing out sweaty, grubby feet is a frequent – even necessary – occurrence.

Surfing has pristine, crystalline waves looping on the horizon. Sea kayaking and canoeing have sleek keels constantly licked by the water. Paragliding and base jumping and other aerial endeavors have vast expanses of clouds and open sky.

Climbing has gravel. And dust. And a lot of rocks.

Indoor rock climbing gyms, at least up until recent times, used to be equally grimy – dingy hole-in-the-wall vaults meant primarily for biding time until winter thawed and the natural walls of the Great Outdoors were accessible once again.

[Korean climber Zooey Ahn powers through the crux of a bouldering problem in a "dirtbag dungeon" in Seoul. Photo: John Burgman]

My first real indoor gym – meaning the one where I was comfortable being a veritable gym rat, and where all the staff felt like my extended, long-lost family – shared its space with a gymnastics club. It was located in the mysterious darkness of some Midwestern back roads, with flexible-at-best hours of operation and no next-door restaurants or shops to speak of. To my knowledge, no official climbing competitions were ever held there, and paying the monthly membership fee meant simply passing 20 bucks to whichever employee wasn’t busy working up a route himself.

But don’t get me wrong – it was a great indoor climbing gym, teeming with stories and characters old and young. I learned how to grind out hard boulder problems there; I was taught how balance, technique and finesse would trump power and brute force most of the time. And most importantly, I always left the gym tired and with my forearms pumped, but never wishing for cleaner gym mats, fancier accouterments, or larger restrooms.

At the end of the day, gravity is the same no matter how fancy a gym is.

1_The Cleanest Line
An image that is iconic and stirring to climbers of any generation: A smattering of holds, smoothed and scuffed up after years of use and thousands of attempted climbs. Photo: John Burgman

12_The Cleanest Line_photo by Dan Kojetin
The ceilings of some small, old climbing gyms are barely higher than the height of an average person. But that never stopped climbers from creating endless routes and bouldering problems. Photo: Dan Kojetin

3_The Cleanest Line
No old climbing gym would be complete without a little duct tape on the walls. Photo: John Burgman

The trend now is leaning the other way. It seems in the past year, I have read at least a dozen articles or blogs about the rise of indoor climbing and, subsequently, the evolution of indoor climbing spots moving toward swankier mega-gyms. One magazine recently ran a piece with the tag: “Indoor climbing could soon replace spin class as the urban professional’s sport of choice.” The same article detailed how newer, larger gyms “are a far cry from the urban training dungeons that sprang up in the nineties.” Brooklyn Boulders, the 18,000-square-foot marvel in New York City, was the article’s linchpin. And a few months ago, I read an announcement that a “state-of-the-art” gym will soon be unveiled in Chicago.

So what exactly are these newer gyms boasting? Sheer size, for one thing; more than 20,000 square feet is common. But they also feature fitness centers with cardio and weight training equipment, yoga studios, indoor lounges and outdoor patios, and of course, enormous gear shops. There’s also the clientele – thousands of new climbers entering through the doors each year.

One particular magazine article I read recently profiled a forthcoming gym in Somerville, Massachusetts, and said the place will possess “areas for entrepreneurs, students, and businesses to flourish and get to know one another, not to mention access to the Internet and a glass enclosure with a fire place. Developers also have plans to include spots inside the complex for a rotating selection of pop-up style retailers to sell their products.”

New indoor climbing gyms, it seems, are being dreamed of, proposed, and constructed in cities at a rate and to a degree indicating the onset of some type of Second Golden Age of Climbing. Perhaps it’s too early to tell for sure, but it’s also worth noting that many parks, malls, fitness gyms, and university health clubs constructed now also include at least some semblance of a climbing wall, and have for years.

I’m certainly not against this boom, and I realize aesthetics tend to naturally progress toward slickness, bigness, and variety. I was excited when I first read all these articles, and I will be first in line to check out some of these fancy gymopolises the next time I am in New York or Chicago or Somerville. At its core, such abundance of gyms means easy climbing access to a larger percentage of the population, and it would be selfish and short-sighted of any rock climber not to want future generations finding solace and fitness on the walls. And all the nice trimmings of these new gyms – larger spaces, nicer facilities – means newbies are likely to be less intimidated by the climbing clique, or turned off by the grunge.

Ultimately, more climbers indoors will lead to more climbers outdoors, which hopefully will lead to more stewards of wilderness conservation, more voices for prudent mountain and forest protection and maintenance.

But part of me also wonders if something will be lost in the grand evolution, snuffed out in the growth and development of the indoor gym entity. Climbing gyms have long embraced their grit and grime because being so rough around the edges translated well to actually being outdoors, hiking through the canyons, sleeping in the woods. Roughing it. And like being outdoors, the heart of the gym has always been the camaraderie, rather than the flair.

I’m not urging everyone to read this and go out and strike up a conversation with the resident old-timer at his local gym, or search out the most dilapidated, rickety shed of a rock gym and hop on the wobbly walls there. But I like appreciating the moment at hand as well, before gloss overtakes the grit. I think it’s reasonable to think long and hard about what might be lost as indoor rock climbing gyms advance from being essentially devotee meeting houses to more exercise-oriented hotspots. Tales on the mats – whether factual or peppered with stretched truths and exaggerations – will likely become more truncated (the mats themselves might become more crowded), familiar faces in the gym fewer and farther between, a sense of community and identity at a given gym slowly fading away.

So it’s just worth pausing to appreciate such threads of the climbing fabric while we still have them, that’s all.

6_The Cleanest Line
Thankfully, gravity is the same no matter how fancy a gym is. Photo: John Burgman

11_The Cleanest Line_photo by Dan Kojetin
In a big, fancy gym or a cozy cavern of holds, taking a deep breath and a step back before your next attempt can make all the difference. Photo: Dan Kojetin

9_The Cleanest Line_photo by Zooey Ahn
Touch of Grey: The author working on a wall section that is grey due to being unpainted over the years. Photo: Zooey Ahn

10_The Cleanest Line_photo by Dan Kojetin
In the end, the best part of a climb isn't the success of a route or the niceness of the gym in which it exists. It's the friends that encourage you and the family that you create along the way. Photo: Dan Kojetin

I suppose these are the same nostalgic feelings people have always had about their special climbing honey holes, just amplified and adjusted to a new urban landscape.

I currently live in Seoul, South Korea. My go-to indoor gym is a no-frills bouldering facility within walking distance from my apartment. I have become good friends with the owner.

If I want a somewhat swankier gym – one for sport climbs, for example – there’s another gym that is located on the other end of the city. There’s a retail store on the first floor, a table-and-chairs lounge on the second floor with free weights and a flatscreen TV. It’s the gym where most of South Korea’s top rock climbers train on a frequent basis, and it’s certainly impressive.

But oftentimes I’ll get my climbing fix by going to my little nearby gym early in the morning. I’ll have the place practically to myself, and I’ll shoot the breeze with the employees for an hour or so before attempting a handful of bouldering problems. At night, the place fills up – students from the nearby university, office workers, kids and older climbers congregate ritualistically below the gym’s main overhang. But if I happen to be there in the evenings too, I’ll partake in creating a route on the overhang with everyone else. We’ll discuss the holds, visualize the geometry, chalk up, and rouse each other as we make our respective attempts, fail, and attempt again.

The best part of the experience, perhaps, is that we know we’ll all see each other again the following day at the gym – same time, same place. The addictive nature of bouldering on the old overhang will keep us coming back time and again, sore muscles and all, no frills to speak of – one big, happy, dirtbag family under one roof. No fancy accouterments needed.

14_The Cleanest Line_photo by Zooey Ahn

John Burgman is a former editor at Outdoor Life magazine, and is currently the recipient of a Fulbright journalism grant in South Korea. You can catch him on Twitter at @John_Burgman.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Inspired by Nature – The 2013 Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists Conference
Written By: Patagonia
By Jim Little


They flew in from rural Alaska, from Albuquerque, South Boston and Traverse City, Michigan, where they work to stop dams, preserve native forest, create urban farms and develop regional water-management plans. Coming together at Fallen Leaf Lake (near Lake Tahoe, Calif.), Sept. 11-15, for Patagonia’s Tools for Grassroots Activists conference, some 74 environmental activists from distant corners of the country and everywhere in between took a break from their often solitary, usually underpaid nonprofit existences to try to become more effective advocates for the natural world.

The Tools conference is a skills training organized by Patagonia’s environmental department and led this year by 15 experts from government, communications, fundraising and environmental nonprofits. Patagonia convenes the gathering every two years with the help of staff at Stanford Sierra Camp. This was our 13th Tools conference, and going by participants’ comments, among the best.

[Spelling it out. Environmental activists, Patagonia employees and conference presenters pose for a pic that, in case you can't quite make it out, spells "TOOLS." Photo: Mikey Schaefer]

Bill McKibben, author and founder of, got the conference started with his keynote speech. Describing the daunting and disheartening issue of climate change, he told how his group was trying to build a global movement to solve the climate crisis by breaking the world’s dependence on fossil fuels. Bill clicked through images of climate-change demonstrations his group had helped to encourage all over the world. They were quirky, creative and staged in some rather surprising places – Yemen, Somalia, Afghanistan and the Maldives, among them. Places where you’d think hunger, women’s rights and education would trump the issue of climate change. But to some, the harrowing global nature of this rapidly unfolding threat is not an abstraction.

Author/ founder Bill McKibben speaks to the ruinous consequences of climate change during the keynote address. Photo: Mikey Schaefer

Tools participants spent the next four days at presentations and workshops. Kristen Grimm of Spitfire Strategies showed activists how to do a better job of framing their issues and getting out their messages. Brian O’Donnell from Conservation Lands Foundation focused on campaign strategy. Carrie Sandstedt of The Pew Charitable Trusts talked about building campaign momentum. And Diane Brown from The Non-Profit Assistance Group demonstrated creative ways to raise funds. There were also presentations on using social media and Google technology tools, lobbying government officials and working with business to promote environmental aims.

Brian O'Donnell of Conservation Lands Foundation holds forth on how to develop campaign strategies. Photo: Mikey Schaefer

It wasn’t just activists who profited from the trainings. Patagonia employees, 33 in all, from all over the company also took part in the conference. Chiarra Cappellina came from our office in Italy (see her report below), Etsuko Nakanishi from Japan, and others from Patagonia stores in Chicago, Seattle and San Francisco. There were folks from our headquarters in Ventura and our distribution center in Reno, as well. Presenters, activists and employees shared cabins, conversations and meals. We enjoyed films from the Wild & Scenic Film Festival on Tour, contra danced to a six-piece band and a caller in funny shoes, enjoyed a few beverages and jumped, ever so briefly, into the chilly alpine waters of Fallen Leaf Lake.

Participants critique the intentionally flawed lobbying efforts of veteran lobbyist, Tim Mahoney of Pew Charitable Trusts. Photo: Mikey Schaefer

Activists from all over the country, working on all sorts of environmental issues, brainstorm different ways to build campaign momentum. Photo: Mikey Schaefer

On the final day of the conference, while still at the camp waiting for a ride to the Reno airport to catch a plane back to Anchorage, Rick Leo of Coalition for Susitna Dam Alternatives wrote this kind note of thanks.

“I’m on the dining room deck surrounded by copper cumuli and Jeffery pine. The lake is serene. Cathedral Peak looms. Laughter lifts from the walkway below. It seems appropriate to write a thank you note to all of you – as a team and as individuals – while still here, this last evening. This way you might, now as you read, be transported back to the power and magic of the conference. The workshops were valuable, of course, but of even greater benefit were the ad hoc conversations with Tim and Kai and Diane and John and Carrie and Kristen and Karin and Brent discussing my specific issue in depth across the days subsequent to their presentations. Yet perhaps the greatest and certainly the most unexpected worth of the conference were not the interactions with the Professional Presenters but with the other activists like myself. Do you screen for articulate intelligence? Perspective is necessary to see ourselves and our work afresh, and boy did everyone bring something clarifying to the table. So yes, thank you. Deep bows. Great job. May your tribes increase.” –Rick

Traveling from Italy to attend TOOLS, a report from Patagonia Europe's Chiara Cappellina

Dolomites_lavaredo 3_peaks_chiara_2
At home in the Dolomites. Photo: Chiara Cappellina Collection

I wasn’t sure what to expect at my first TOOLS for Grassroots Activists Conference, but I knew I wanted to absorb everything and walk away having met and having heard the stories of people with experience working on past campaigns, and those with visions of workable solutions for the future. I learned so much. Three key things struck me at TOOLS: 
  • The increasing knowledge around issues the environment is facing, from climate change to fracking and oil pipelines
  • The exposure to new ways of presenting data and discussing issues, like Google technology tools and various social media techniques 
  • The ability to network with other activists and communicators from different countries, cultivating professional alliances and sharing experiences. Oftentimes, this resulted in discussing approaches to the pressures and challenges we face as activists.
A number of times I noted that the same environmental crises discussed at the conference, in the United States, also exist in my country. Impacts from gas pipelines and fracking concern Italy, although they play a minor role in comparison to the US. Local citizens' associations and activists have recently opposed the construction of the Trans Adriatic Pipeline in Italy, the new pipeline project which will bring natural gas from Azerbaijan to Southern Italy. While it’s still unclear if fracking is being carried out in Italy, oil companies are becoming increasingly interested in the possible reserves of shale gas in the Po River Valley. An Italy-based movement has called on the Italian government, which is appraising the shale gas as a future energy for the country, to evaluate the environmental dangers of methane extraction.

Italian activism has obtained some major successes in the past, including the campaign against nuclear power crowned by the 1987 moratorium on nuclear power production. And, more recently, the Italian agriculture ministry has imposed a ban of Monsanto's MON810 maize (corn), one of two genetically modified organisms (GMO) permitted in Europe. Farming and environmental associations and activists in Italy have been strongly opposed to GMO seeds for many years, even leading to publicly condemned actions of vandalism such as crushing of GMO crops. However, major Italian-based environmental groups regularly engage in non-violent methods to call attention to environmental problems including lobbying, awareness campaigns and protesting, and they have offered an important forum for the discussion of significant environmental campaigns.

No campaign is perfect. But each can be effective if clearly communicated. At TOOLS I was surprised to discover that the future direction environmental activism may take, could be the same as in my home country: to rethink the way we communicate about environmental issues in a way that has the necessary impact, without desperate or disrespectful attempts. I realized that large-scale issues such as global warming and climate change are requiring new and innovative strategies to challenge them, and that we need to learn how to better express the complexity of those problems while also making the options accessible to a greater majority. The hope is to inspire a willingness to change. This can be done with the help of modern technologies but especially by empowering people to do it themselves, and like Bill McKibben says, “...creating something large enough to matter.”

Attending the TOOLS for Grassroots Activists conference was about being a part of a greater network of people who are all passionate about environment. It inspired and challenged me to do more and to help those who are leading the way. Knowing how to get our message out in a values-wise way creates a win-win to share with the people we work alongside. Like the conference, it becomes a tool that can help our grantees and the groups we are supporting locally in the fight to maintain a healthy and sustainable environment to live in.

Chiara Cappellina
Patagonia Milan

A Letter from John Sterling, Executive Director of The Conservation Alliance

John looks out across the Owyhee River Wilderness. Photo courtesy of The Conservation Alliance

Inspired. That's how I feel after spending four days at the Patagonia Tools for Grassroots Activists Conference, known to participants as simply "Tools." The conference is boot camp for activists, providing training in communications, fundraising, campaign strategy, lobbying, and other essential skills necessary to winning protection for our special wild places.

Patagonia convenes Tools every other year at an idyllic camp on Fallen Leaf Lake near Lake Tahoe. Participants are drawn from the pool of organizations Patagonia funds. It is an amazing collection of activists from grassroots organizations working to protect Wilderness and rivers, halt destructive energy development, protect wild species, and engage citizens on global warming.

It is rare to spend time with a room full of such passionate and committed people. With two colleagues, I conducted a training on how conservation organizations can work more effectively with the business community. We demonstrated that most businesses share conservation values, and are good allies and spokespeople for their causes. We also shared economic data that shows that protected wild lands play a key role in economic growth. Communities surrounded by protected lands have stronger economies than those with no protected lands. Quality of life and outdoor recreation are important economic drivers.

Patagonia does a brilliant job with Tools. They bring together people who often work in isolation, and show them that there is a great community of activists working on similar issues. The respect that flows between the participants and the hosts is palpable. After the conference, another 75 people are better equipped to take on the important challenge of protecting and preserving our mountains, deserts, forests, and waterways. Nice work, Patagonia!

John Sterling
Executive Director, The Conservation Alliance

2013 Tools Participants

Chuck Swift, 4M Consutlting.LLC
Cindy Lowry, Alabama Rivers
Steve Barker, Alaska Wilderness League
Devin Dotson, American Rivers
Noah Richards, Buffalo Field Campaign
Kai Anderson, Cassidy & Associates
Ramsay Adams, Catskill Mountain Keeper
Marcia Litsinger, Churchill Butte Organics
Daniel Smitherman, Citizens for the Wyoming Range
Richard Leo, Coalition For Susitna Dam Alternatives
Theresa Labriola, Columbia Riverkeeper
Cassondra Schindler, Conservation Alliance
Rebecca Strelitz, Conservation Colorado
Justinn Overton, Coosa Riverkeeper
Scott Skokos, Dakota Resource Council
Patrick Higgins, Eel River Recovery Project
Sabrina Bowman, Environmental Defense Canada
Andrea Marie Roy, Erie Rising
Elizabeth Rosan Kirkwood, FLOW
Jennifer Fairbrother, Forest Service Employees for Environmental Ethics
Shane Davis,
Katie Sanchez, Friends of Nevada Wilderness
Autumn Bahlman, Friends of the Inyo
Beth Kampschror, Friends of the Missouri Breaks Monument
Phillip Pierce, Friends of the Urban Forest
Ellen Stein, Great Old Broads for Wilderness
Princess Lucaj, Gwich'in Steering Committee
Laura Yale, High Country Citizens Alliance
Aaron Clark, IMBA
Elsa Calvillo, MESA
Bartshe Miller, Mono Lake Committee
Peter Tronquet, Native Fish Society
Beth Wallace, Natural Wildlife Federation
Andrea LaMoreaux, New Hampshire Lakes Association
Dylan Rose Schneider, Noetic Insititute
Kristen Van Hoesen, Office of Resource Efficiency
Andrea J. Serrano, OLE
Rob Klavins, Oregon Wild
Kaye Fissinger, Our Health Our Future Our Longmong
Tom Flynn, Outdoor Alliance
Suzanne Little, Pew Charitable Trust
Chris Steinkamp, Protect our Winters
Becki Chall, Public Laboratory for Open Technology and Science
Anders Gustafson, Renewable Resources Foundation & Coalition
James Q Martin, Rios Libres
Danielle Katz, Rivers for Change
Robyn Janssen, Rogue Riverkeeper
Sara Camp Schremmer, Salmonid Restoration Federation
Megan Baehrens, San Diego Coastkeeper
Nick Mucha, Save the Waves Coalition
Ashley Orgain, Seventh Generation
Tara Stone, Sierra Buttes Trail Stewardship
Ori Chafe, Sierra Streams Institute
Phoebe Flemming, South Boston Grows
Caleb Dardick, South Yuba River Citizens League
Martin Swinehart, The Nature Conservancy
Amelia Potvin, The Plenty Project
Jessica Berry, The Western Hardrock Watershed Team
Zane Kessler, Thompson Divide Coalition
Lucas Henry, Tulane Law School
Allison Parks, Tulane Law School
Carol Kunze, Tuleyome Inc.
Karyn Bryant, Tuolumne River Trust
Ross Popenoe, Turtle Conservancy
Melinda Barnes, Turtle Island Restoration Network
Rachel Morris, VC Cool
Richard Popchak, Ventana Wilderness Alliance
Jason Weiner, Ventura Coastkeeper
Tom Uniack, Washington Wild
Allie Kosela, Waterkeeper
Jonathan Stumpf, Wild Steelhead Coalition
Will Rousch, Wilderness Workshop
Matt Wagner, World Wildlife Fund
Terri Pratt, Yadkin Riverkeeper

2013 Tools Speakers

Allyse Heartwell,
Bill McKibben,
Bill Stephens, Bill Stephens Productions
Kai Anderson, Cassidy & Associates
John Sterling, Conservation Alliance
Brian O'Donnell, Conservation Lands Foundation
Tanya Birch, Google
Karin Tuxen-Bettman, Google
Peter Birch, Google
Ben Alexander, Headwaters Economics
Brent Fenty, Oregon Natural Desert Association
Casey Sheahan, Patagonia
Diane French, Patagonia
Jim Little, Patagonia
Vincent Stanley, Patagonia
Tim Mahoney, Pew Charitable Trust
Carrie Sandstedt, Pew Charitable Trust
Kristen Grimm, Spitfire Strategies
Melinda Booth, SYRCL/Wild & Scenic Film Festival
Diane Brown, The Non-Profit Assistance Group

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Solutions Series, Part 2: Solutions in Our Communities
Written By: Patagonia

By Annie Leonard, The Story of Stuff Project

Annie_bio_photoIn 1968, high jumper Dick Fosbury set an Olympics record by rejecting the standard "straddling" technique – one leg, then the other – in favor of flinging his whole body up and over the bar, head first and backwards. At first track and field officials tried to ban the awkward move dubbed the Fosbury Flop, but it was so effective that soon almost all high jumpers used it, as they still do today. The Flop was not a transactional solution aimed at tweaking the conventional way of doing things, but a transformational solution that changed how the game was played.

To make changes on the scale needed to address the severity of today’s environmental, economic and social crises, we have to change the rules of the game on three levels: in our governments, in our businesses and in our communities. Our communities are a good place to start: They're close to home; the solutions are usually easier to achieve than trying to make change at the international, national or even state levels; and the emotional and social rewards are more immediate.

Community is more than just another word for neighborhood. A true community is a group of people united not just by location but by common interests, values and goals. The key is connection – more precisely, interconnection, the degree to which members of a community share, help and depend on each other. But in recent decades, that connection has eroded to an alarming degree.

Since the publication of Robert Putnam's Bowling Alone, the book's title has become shorthand for the disturbing fact that today Americans "sign fewer petitions, belong to fewer organizations that meet, know our neighbors less, meet with friends less frequently, and even socialize with our families less often." The good news, Putnam shows, is that engaging in community – knowing your neighbors, joining a civic club, working on a local political campaign, and yes, even forming bowling leagues – adds tremendously to our sense of well-being. Getting involved in our communities strengthens the social fabric, nurtures a sense of purpose and increases our actual and perceived security.

Bringing the San Diego surf community together for a surfboard swap at Patagonia Cardiff.

24 Hours of Horseshoe Hell, one of the most incredible events in the climbing community. Photo: Lucas Marshall

Free community events are a great way to bring people, of all ages, together, like this film screening at Great Pacific Ironworks. Photo: Jeff Johnson

And community engagement does all this while dramatically shrinking our environmental footprint. How cool is that? The very things we need to be doing to build a more sustainable world are the same things that make us happier and healthier and our communities stronger and more vibrant. Things like:

Investing in the commons
. Forget the sheep-grazing analogies you may have learned in Economics 101. The commons is simply what we all own together – libraries, parks, community gardens, municipal swimming pools, trout steams, mountains and hiking trails. The more a community invests in its commons, the less likely its individual members will feel the need to build things like huge walled-off back yards that need a lot of watering (and mowing).

Sharing. There's a sharing boom happening – everything from borrowing power drills from the local tool lending library to car-sharing programs and housing for travelers. Sharing is not only good for the environment, it's good for our wallets since we don't have to buy so much stuff, and good for building communities since we have to talk to each other to share.

Nurturing new social or cultural norms. Increasingly people are opting out of the Madison Avenue-perpetuated mantra that more and new is always better. Many invitations to kids' birthday parties now specify "used gifts only." The rapper Mackelmore (& Ryan Lewis) scored a hit by celebrating the secondhand aesthetic with "Thriftshop" (warning: explicit lyrics). Patagonia, of course, is promoting its ebay shop [and Worn Wear used-clothing sections in some of their stores] to encourage customers to buy and sell their used gear. These cultural game-changers are important, as studies have found that our shopping and buying habits are heavily influenced by what those around us do.

And changes at the community level can lead to bigger transformations. Dick Fosbury came up with the Flop on his own, shared it with his local community (his teammates at Oregon State University), took it to the Olympics and from there it took over the track and field world. The same scaling up can happen with community-based solutions. In response to their frustration over the failure of national and international leaders to address global warming, in 2006 two small British groups started the Transition Towns movement, supporting community-led responses to climate change while "building resilience and happiness." Today the Transitions Network includes over 1,100 groups in 43 countries.

As I've said many times, community-level solutions aren't enough. We can't retreat into our private, sustainable, organic, cruelty-free havens and let everyone else fend for themselves. But they're a great place to start. Making relatively small changes at the community level builds our change-making muscles for bigger challenges. Today a bike rack in front of the library, next year dedicated bike lanes all over town, then on to expanding public transit and halting freeway construction, eventually taking on fossil fuel subsidies.

Next time we'll talk about practical solutions for making change in our communities, with ideas on how to get started. Meanwhile, we'd love to hear about how you and others are changing the rules of the game where you live. How is your community creating solutions for a better future?

Annie Leonard is the founder of the The Story of Stuff Project. She has dedicated nearly two decades to investigating and organizing on environmental health and justice issues. Her monthly podcast series, The Good Stuff, features interviews with inspiring activists, entrepreneurs, scientists and others who’ve succeeded in making change.


Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Dirtbag Diaries: Rebirth of Belief
Written By: Patagonia

By Fitz & Becca Cahall

Dbd_70_rebirth_of_belief"We had the discussion around the campfire one night of trying to define 'what is wilderness'," John Stoneman remembers. "We determined that if you get hurt or you have a problem and there's really no way out, you're in the wilderness." Despite the fact that 29,000 people raft down the Colorado River every year, the Grand Canyon is still unquestionably that -- wilderness. But what happens if you do need to get out? When the one place you need to be is a thousand miles away and you are off the grid? In 2010, John put in at Lees Ferry and embarked upon the trip of a lifetime -- but not in the way he imagined. Today, we bring you a story about a race against time and the lengths that perfect strangers will go to help others in need. Buckle up.

[Listen to "Rebirth of Belief" by The Dirtbag Diaries on Soundcloud]

Visit for links to past episodes, featured music and to pledge your support. You can subscribe to the podcast via iTunes, RSS, SoundCloud and Stitcher, or connect with the Dirtbag Diaries community on Facebook and Twitter. The Dirtbag Diaries is a Duct Tape Then Beer production.

[Graphic by Walker Cahall]

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
"Better Than New" - Fashion Week, The New York Times, Worn Wear & Patagonia's Common Threads Partnership
Written By: Patagonia


Today's advertisement appearing in The New York Times:

It's Fashion Week, when the design world turns its attention to what's new. We'd like to point out something better: what lasts. While we're proud of the quality and performance of Patagonia clothes, every new thing we make – everything anyone makes – costs nature more than we now know how to repay.

That's why Patagonia has chosen to celebrate our old stuff as well as our new. We've asked customers to send in photos and stories for our Worn Wear blog, which chronicles Patagonia clothes that have lasted for years or decades and become old friends. The Patagonia Surf Trunks from 1994 you see here belong to Christo Grayling, who has worn them paddling and surfing everywhere from India to Baja to Ecuador. They're still in use, though beat up, scratched up and altered. Fabric from a beach umbrella now makes up the rear. The missing strip at the hem serves as a patch on another pair of Patagonia shorts.

This fall we're opening Worn Wear used-clothing sections in several of our stores. Here you can find high-quality Patagonia clothes still on their way toward gaining the character to become great Worn Wear stories. It's part of our Common Threads Partnership with our customers to reduce consumption, repair what breaks, recirculate what we no longer use, recycle or repurpose what wears out, and reimagine a world where we take only what nature can replace.

Join us at


Worn Wear used-clothing sections will be opening this Sunday, September 15, 2013, at  these Patagonia stores: Seattle, Palo Alto, Portland and Chicago. Customers who purchase used clothing from these stores will be given a free Worn Wear patch (while supplies last).

The same stores will also buy back your used (in good condition) Patagonia shells, fleece, down and synthetic insulation, and ski and alpine pants.

If there’s not a participating Patagonia store in your area, you can also buy and sell used Patagonia clothing on Ebay.

Have a good story about a beloved piece of Patagonia clothing? Submit today at the Worn Wear blog.

Read Full Blog Email To A Friend
Highlights from Patagonia’s “Our Common Waters” Environmental Campaign 2011-2013
Written By: Patagonia